© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR
+ * @brief PWR driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */
+#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08
+#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
+#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04
+#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+
+/* CR register bit mask */
+#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
+#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 Backup Domain Access function
+ * @brief Backup Domain Access function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Backup Domain Access function #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] After reset, the Backup Domain Registers (RCC BDCR Register, RTC registers
+ and RTC backup registers) are protected against possible stray write accesses.
+ [..] To enable access to Backup domain use the PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers.
+ * @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
+ * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions
+ * @brief PVD configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### PVD configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold
+ selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+ (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the
+ PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16
+ and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers.
+ (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+ * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0: PVD detection level set to 2.18V
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1: PVD detection level set to 2.28V
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2: PVD detection level set to 2.38V
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3: PVD detection level set to 2.48V
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4: PVD detection level set to 2.58V
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5: PVD detection level set to 2.68V
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6: PVD detection level set to 2.78V
+ * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7: PVD detection level set to 2.88V
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel));
+
+ tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+
+ /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK;
+
+ /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */
+ tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+ * @param NewState: new state of the PVD.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pins configuration functions
+ * @brief WakeUp pins configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### WakeUp pins configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. These pins are
+ forced in input pull down configuration and are active on rising edges.
+ (+) There are three WakeUp pins: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00, WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13 and
+ WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality.
+ * @param PWR_WakeUpPin: specifies the WakeUpPin.
+ * This parameter can be: PWR_WakeUpPin_1, PWR_WakeUpPin_2 or PWR_WakeUpPin_3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(uint32_t PWR_WakeUpPin, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PWR_WakeUpPin));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the EWUPx pin */
+ PWR->CSR |= PWR_WakeUpPin;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the EWUPx pin */
+ PWR->CSR &= ~PWR_WakeUpPin;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 Low Power modes configuration functions
+ * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Low Power modes configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] The devices feature three low-power modes:
+ (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
+ (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode
+ (+) Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off
+
+ *** Sleep mode ***
+ ==================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Sleep mode is entered by executing the WFE() or WFI() instructions.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+ controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+
+ *** Stop mode ***
+ =================
+ [..] In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
+ and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register
+ contents are preserved.
+ The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
+
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,)
+ function with regulator in LowPower or with Regulator ON.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode
+ or any internal IPs (I2C or UASRT) wakeup event.
+
+ *** Standby mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..] The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
+ on the Cortex-M4 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
+ The VCORE domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI, and the HSE
+ oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register
+ contents are lost except for the Backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup
+ registers and Standby circuitry).
+
+ [..] The voltage regulator is OFF.
+
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup,
+ tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+ *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+ =============================================
+ [..] The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, a tamper
+ event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, without depending on an
+ external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+ (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt
+ or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm()
+ and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+ is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt
+ or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig()
+ function.
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+ RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd()
+ functions.
+
+ (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode
+ (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function.
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm()
+ and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.
+ (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+ is necessary to:
+ (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig()
+ function.
+ (+++) Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+ RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd()
+ functions.
+
+ (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the correspondent comparator EXTI Line to be sensitive to
+ the selected edges (falling, rising or falling and rising)
+ (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+ * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @param PWR_SLEEPEntry: specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_EnterSleepMode(uint8_t PWR_SLEEPEntry)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(PWR_SLEEPEntry));
+
+ /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+
+ /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(PWR_SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPEntry_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __SEV();
+ __WFE();
+ __WFE();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters STOP mode.
+ * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+ * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+ * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+ * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+ * is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+ * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
+ * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode
+ * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry));
+
+ /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
+ tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+ /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK;
+
+ /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */
+ tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+ /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __WFE();
+ }
+ /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters STANDBY mode.
+ * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+ * @note Reset pad (still available)
+ * @note RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2), tamper,
+ * time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
+ * @note WKUP pin 1 (PA0) and WKUP pin 3 (PE6), if enabled.
+ * @note The Wakeup flag (WUF) need to be cleared at application level before to call this function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+ /* Select STANDBY mode */
+ PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS;
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+ __force_stores();
+#endif
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 Flags management functions
+ * @brief Flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not.
+ * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event
+ * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A or Alarm B),
+ * RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was
+ * resumed from StandBy mode.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled
+ * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function.
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: Internal Voltage Reference Ready flag. This
+ * flag indicates the state of the internal voltage reference, VREFINT.
+ * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
+
+ if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the flag status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags.
+ * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
+ * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
+
+ PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_rcc.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_rcc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23b19d4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_rcc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2017 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x_rcc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.3
+ * @date 10-July-2015
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral:
+ * + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration
+ * + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
+ * + Peripheral clocks configuration
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ @verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RCC specific features #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] After reset the device is running from HSI (8 MHz) with Flash 0 WS,
+ all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and SWD.
+ (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses;
+ all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed.
+ (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
+ (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the SWD pins which
+ are assigned to be used for debug purpose.
+ [..] Once the device starts from reset, the user application has to:
+ (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock
+ (if the application needs higher frequency/performance).
+ (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings.
+ (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers.
+ (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used.
+ (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not
+ derived from the System clock (ADC, TIM, I2C, USART, RTC and IWDG).
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC
+ * @brief RCC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
+#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of HSION bit */
+#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00
+#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */
+#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18
+#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */
+#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x13
+#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CFGR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of USBPRE bit */
+#define CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x04)
+#define USBPRE_BitNumber 0x16
+#define CFGR_USBPRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (USBPRE_BitNumber * 4))
+/* Alias word address of I2SSRC bit */
+#define I2SSRC_BitNumber 0x17
+#define CFGR_I2SSRC_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (I2SSRC_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- BDCR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */
+#define BDCR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x20)
+#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x0F
+#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */
+#define BDRST_BitNumber 0x10
+#define BDCR_BDRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+
+/* Alias word address of LSION bit */
+#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x24)
+#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00
+#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+/* RCC Flag Mask */
+#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F)
+
+/* CFGR register byte 3 (Bits[31:23]) base address */
+#define CFGR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021007)
+
+/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */
+#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021009)
+
+/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */
+#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4002100A)
+
+/* CR register byte 2 (Bits[23:16]) base address */
+#define CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40021002)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
+static __I uint16_t ADCPrescTable[16] = {1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions
+ * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Internal-external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external
+ clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO.
+ (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly
+ or through the PLL as System clock source.
+ The HSI clock can be used also to clock the USART and I2C peripherals.
+ (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
+ clock source.
+ (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 32 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or
+ through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source.
+ (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.
+ LSE can be used also to clock the USART peripherals.
+ (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), for System clock.
+ (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enabled and if a HSE clock failure occurs
+ (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock
+ is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled.
+ The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt)
+ exception vector.
+ (#) MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, HSE, LSI, LSE,
+ PLL clock on PA8 pin.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+ * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+ * - HSI ON and used as system clock source
+ * - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF
+ * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.
+ * - CSS and MCO OFF
+ * - All interrupts disabled
+ * @note However, This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
+ * - Peripheral clocks
+ * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Set HSION bit */
+ RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001;
+
+ /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE[2:0] and MCOSEL[2:0] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xF8FFC000;
+
+ /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF;
+
+ /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF;
+
+ /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL and USBPRE bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF80FFFF;
+
+ /* Reset PREDIV1[3:0] and ADCPRE[13:4] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR2 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC000;
+
+ /* Reset USARTSW[1:0], I2CSW and TIMSW bits */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xF00ECCC;
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ RCC->CIR = 0x00000000;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE).
+ * @note After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application
+ * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock
+ * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock.
+ * @note HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the
+ * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source
+ * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it).
+ * @note The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * @note This function resets the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS)
+ * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this
+ * function.
+ * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after
+ * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles.
+ * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator
+ * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE));
+
+ /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF;
+
+ /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE2_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits for HSE start-up.
+ * @note This function waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if
+ * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached
+ * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant
+ * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32f30x.h file. You can tailor it depending
+ * on the HSE crystal used in your application.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use
+ * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready
+ */
+ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ FlagStatus HSEStatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Wait till HSE is ready and if timeout is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ HSEStatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY);
+ StartUpCounter++;
+ } while((StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (HSEStatus == RESET));
+
+ if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.
+ * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage
+ * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC.
+ * Refer to the Application Note AN3300 for more details on how to
+ * calibrate the HSI.
+ * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the HSI calibration trimming value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CR;
+
+ /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_HSITRIM;
+
+ /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 3;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI).
+ * @note After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on
+ * HSIRDY flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can
+ * be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock.
+ * @note HSI can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the PLL
+ * as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source
+ * of the system clock then stop the HSI.
+ * @note The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator
+ * clock cycles.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the HSI.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE).
+ * @note As the LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is denied to this
+ * domain after reset, you have to enable write access using
+ * PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE
+ * (to be done once after reset).
+ * @note Care must be taken when using this function to configure LSE mode
+ * as it clears systematically the LSEON bit before any new configuration.
+ * @note After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application
+ * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock
+ * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC.
+ * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after
+ * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles.
+ * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator
+ * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_LSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSE)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE));
+
+ /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/
+ /* Reset LSEON bit */
+ RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEON);
+
+ /* Reset LSEBYP bit */
+ RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP);
+
+ /* Configure LSE */
+ RCC->BDCR |= RCC_LSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) drive capability.
+ * @param RCC_LSEDrive: specifies the new state of the LSE drive capability.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_Low: LSE oscillator low drive capability.
+ * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_MediumLow: LSE oscillator medium low drive capability.
+ * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_MediumHigh: LSE oscillator medium high drive capability.
+ * @arg RCC_LSEDrive_High: LSE oscillator high drive capability.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_LSEDriveConfig(uint32_t RCC_LSEDrive)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE_DRIVE(RCC_LSEDrive));
+
+ /* Clear LSEDRV[1:0] bits */
+ RCC->BDCR &= ~(RCC_BDCR_LSEDRV);
+
+ /* Set the LSE Drive */
+ RCC->BDCR |= RCC_LSEDrive;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI).
+ * @note After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on
+ * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can
+ * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC.
+ * @note LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running.
+ * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator
+ * clock cycles.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the LSI.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the PLL clock source and multiplication factor.
+ * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled.
+ * @note The minimum input clock frequency for PLL is 2 MHz (when using HSE as
+ * PLL source).
+ * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clockselected as PLL clock entry
+ * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2: HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as
+ * PLL clock entry
+ * @arg RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1: PREDIV1 clock selected as PLL clock source
+ * @param RCC_PLLMul: specifies the PLL multiplication factor, which drive the PLLVCO clock
+ * This parameter can be RCC_PLLMul_x where x:[2,16]
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_PLLMul));
+
+ /* Clear PLL Source [16] and Multiplier [21:18] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= ~(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL | RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC);
+
+ /* Set the PLL Source and Multiplier */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(RCC_PLLSource | RCC_PLLMul);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the PLL.
+ * @note After enabling the PLL, the application software should wait on
+ * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can
+ * be used as system clock source.
+ * @note The PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source
+ * @note The PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the PLL.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the PREDIV1 division factor.
+ * @note This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled.
+ * @param RCC_PREDIV1_Div: specifies the PREDIV1 clock division factor.
+ * This parameter can be RCC_PREDIV1_Divx where x:[1,16]
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1(RCC_PREDIV1_Div));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR2;
+ /* Clear PREDIV1[3:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1);
+
+ /* Set the PREDIV1 division factor */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_PREDIV1_Div;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System.
+ * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator
+ * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the
+ * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI),
+ * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to
+ * the Cortex-M4 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+#ifdef STM32F303xC
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin (PA8).
+ * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode.
+ * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_NoClock: No clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSI: LSI oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSE: LSE oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK: System clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2: PLL clock divided by 2 selected.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+
+ /* Get CFGR value */
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+ /* Clear MCO[3:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~(RCC_CFGR_MCO | RCC_CFGR_PLLNODIV);
+ /* Set the RCC_MCOSource */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_MCOSource<<24;
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+#else
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin (PA8) and the corresponding
+ * prescsaler.
+ * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode.
+ * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_NoClock: No clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSI: LSI oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_LSE: LSE oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_SYSCLK: System clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK_Div2: PLL clock divided by 2 selected.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOSource_PLLCLK: PLL clock selected.
+ * @param RCC_MCOPrescaler: specifies the prescaler on MCO pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_1: MCO clock is divided by 1.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_2: MCO clock is divided by 2.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_4: MCO clock is divided by 4.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_8: MCO clock is divided by 8.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_16: MCO clock is divided by 16.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_32: MCO clock is divided by 32.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_64: MCO clock is divided by 64.
+ * @arg RCC_MCOPrescaler_128: MCO clock is divided by 128.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCOPrescaler)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO_PRESCALER(RCC_MCOPrescaler));
+
+ /* Get CFGR value */
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+ /* Clear MCOPRE[2:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~(RCC_CFGR_MCO_PRE | RCC_CFGR_MCO | RCC_CFGR_PLLNODIV);
+ /* Set the RCC_MCOSource and RCC_MCOPrescaler */
+ tmpreg |= (RCC_MCOPrescaler | RCC_MCOSource<<24);
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+#endif /* STM32F303xC */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB, APB1 and APB2 busses clocks configuration functions
+ * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 busses clocks configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB, APB1 and
+ APB2 busses clocks.
+ (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI,
+ HSE and PLL.
+ The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable prescaler
+ and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped on AHB bus (DMA and GPIO).
+ APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived from AHB clock through
+ configurable prescalers and used to clock the peripherals mapped on these busses.
+ You can use "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks.
+
+ (#) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 72 MHz.
+ Depending on the maximum frequency, the FLASH wait states (WS) should be
+ adapted accordingly:
+ +---------------------------------+
+ | Wait states | HCLK clock |
+ | (Latency) | frequency (MHz) |
+ |-------------- |-----------------|
+ |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < HCLK <= 24 |
+ |---------------|-----------------|
+ |1WS(2CPU cycle)|24 < HCLK <=48 |
+ |---------------|-----------------|
+ |2WS(3CPU cycle)|48 < HCLK <= 72 |
+ +---------------------------------+
+
+ (#) After reset, the System clock source is the HSI (8 MHz) with 0 WS and
+ prefetch is disabled.
+ [..]
+ (@) All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK)
+ except:
+ (+@) The FLASH program/erase clock which is always HSI 8MHz clock.
+ (+@) The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock.
+ (+@) The USART clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz, LSI or LSE.
+ (+@) The I2C clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz clock.
+ (+@) The ADC clock which is derived from PLL output.
+ (+@) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC
+ (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler). The System clock (SYSCLK)
+ frequency must be higher or equal to the RTC clock frequency.
+ (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
+ [..] It is recommended to use the following software sequences to tune the number
+ of wait states needed to access the Flash memory with the CPU frequency (HCLK).
+ (+) Increasing the CPU frequency
+ (++) Program the Flash Prefetch buffer, using "FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(ENABLE)"
+ function
+ (++) Check that Flash Prefetch buffer activation is taken into account by
+ reading FLASH_ACR using the FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus() function
+ (++) Program Flash WS to 1 or 2, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function
+ (++) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR
+ (++) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function
+ (++) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function
+ (++) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading
+ the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function
+ (+) Decreasing the CPU frequency
+ (++) Modify the CPU clock source, using "RCC_SYSCLKConfig()" function
+ (++) If needed, modify the CPU clock prescaler by using "RCC_HCLKConfig()" function
+ (++) Check that the new CPU clock source is taken into account by reading
+ the clock source status, using "RCC_GetSYSCLKSource()" function
+ (++) Program the new number of WS, using "FLASH_SetLatency()" function
+ (++) Check that the new number of WS is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR
+ (++) Disable the Flash Prefetch buffer using "FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(DISABLE)"
+ function
+ (++) Check that Flash Prefetch buffer deactivation is taken into account by reading FLASH_ACR
+ using the FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK).
+ * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after
+ * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case
+ * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock
+ * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
+ * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target
+ * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked).
+ * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will
+ * occur when the clock source will be ready.
+ * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is
+ * currently used as system clock source.
+ * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+
+ /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW;
+
+ /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one
+ * of the following values:
+ * - 0x00: HSI used as system clock
+ * - 0x04: HSE used as system clock
+ * - 0x08: PLL used as system clock
+ */
+uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void)
+{
+ return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK).
+ * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly
+ * these bits to ensure that the system frequency does not exceed the
+ * maximum allowed frequency (for more details refer to section above
+ * "CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions").
+ * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from
+ * the system clock (SYSCLK).
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256
+ * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+
+ /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE;
+
+ /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1).
+ * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from
+ * the AHB clock (HCLK).
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+ /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1;
+
+ /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2).
+ * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from
+ * the AHB clock (HCLK).
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK));
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+ /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2;
+ /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */
+ tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3;
+ /* Store the new value */
+ RCC->CFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the frequencies of the System, AHB, APB2 and APB1 busses clocks.
+ *
+ * @note This function returns the frequencies of :
+ * System, AHB, APB2 and APB1 busses clocks, ADC1/2/3/4 clocks,
+ * USART1/2/3/4/5 clocks, I2C1/2 clocks and TIM1/8 Clocks.
+ *
+ * @note The frequency returned by this function is not the real frequency
+ * in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined constant and
+ * the source selected by RCC_SYSCLKConfig().
+ *
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns constant HSI_VALUE(*)
+ *
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**)
+ *
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns constant HSE_VALUE(**)
+ * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied by the PLL factors.
+ *
+ * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+ * in voltage and temperature, refer to RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue().
+ *
+ * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+ * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+ * return wrong result.
+ *
+ * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+ * value for HSE crystal.
+ *
+ * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold
+ * the clocks frequencies.
+ *
+ * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+ * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+ * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function
+ * must be called to update the structure's field. Otherwise, any
+ * configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, prediv1factor = 0, presc = 0, pllclk = 0;
+ uint32_t apb2presc = 0, ahbpresc = 0;
+
+ /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS;
+
+ switch (tmp)
+ {
+ case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock */
+ /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+ pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL;
+ pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
+ pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2;
+
+ if (pllsource == 0x00)
+ {
+ /* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */
+ pllclk = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prediv1factor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + 1;
+ /* HSE oscillator clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */
+ pllclk = (HSE_VALUE / prediv1factor) * pllmull;
+ }
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = pllclk;
+ break;
+ default: /* HSI used as system clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Compute HCLK, PCLK clocks frequencies -----------------------------------*/
+ /* Get HCLK prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE;
+ tmp = tmp >> 4;
+ ahbpresc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+ /* HCLK clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> ahbpresc;
+
+ /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1;
+ tmp = tmp >> 8;
+ presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+ /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc;
+
+ /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2;
+ tmp = tmp >> 11;
+ apb2presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+
+ /* PCLK2 clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> apb2presc;
+
+ /* Get ADC12CLK prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE12;
+ tmp = tmp >> 4;
+ presc = ADCPrescTable[tmp & 0x0F];
+ if (((tmp & 0x10) != 0) && (presc != 0))
+ {
+ /* ADC12CLK clock frequency is derived from PLL clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->ADC12CLK_Frequency = pllclk / presc;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ADC12CLK clock frequency is AHB clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->ADC12CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* Get ADC34CLK prescaler */
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE34;
+ tmp = tmp >> 9;
+ presc = ADCPrescTable[tmp & 0x0F];
+ if (((tmp & 0x10) != 0) && (presc != 0))
+ {
+ /* ADC34CLK clock frequency is derived from PLL clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->ADC34CLK_Frequency = pllclk / presc;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ADC34CLK clock frequency is AHB clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->ADC34CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* I2C1CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW) != RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW)
+ {
+ /* I2C1 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->I2C1CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C1 Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->I2C1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* I2C2CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW) != RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW)
+ {
+ /* I2C2 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->I2C2CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C2 Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->I2C2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* I2C3CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_I2C3SW) != RCC_CFGR3_I2C3SW)
+ {
+ /* I2C3 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->I2C3CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* I2C3 Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->I2C3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* TIM1CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM1SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb2presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM1 Clock is 2 * pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM1CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM1 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+
+#ifdef STM32F303xE
+ uint32_t apb1presc = 0;
+ apb1presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp];
+ /* TIM2CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM2SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb1presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM2 Clock is pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM2CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2 ;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM2 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* TIM3CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM3SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb1presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM3 Clock is pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM3CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM3 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F303xE */
+
+ /* TIM1CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_HRTIM1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_HRTIM1SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb2presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* HRTIM1 Clock is 2 * pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->HRTIM1CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* HRTIM1 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->HRTIM1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* TIM8CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM8SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM8SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb2presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM8 Clock is 2 * pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM8CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM8 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM8CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* TIM15CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM15SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM15SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb2presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM15 Clock is 2 * pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM15CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM15 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM15CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* TIM16CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM16SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM16SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb2presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM16 Clock is 2 * pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM16CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM16 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM16CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* TIM17CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM17SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM17SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb2presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM17 Clock is 2 * pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM17CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM17 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM16CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* TIM20CLK clock frequency */
+ if(((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_TIM20SW) == RCC_CFGR3_TIM20SW)&& (RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency == pllclk) \
+ && (apb2presc == ahbpresc))
+ {
+ /* TIM20 Clock is 2 * pllclk */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM20CLK_Frequency = pllclk * 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TIM20 Clock is APB2 clock. */
+ RCC_Clocks->TIM20CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* USART1CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == 0x0)
+ {
+#if defined(STM32F303x8) || defined(STM32F334x8) || defined(STM32F301x8) || defined(STM32F302x8)
+ /* USART1 Clock is PCLK1 instead of PCLK2 (limitation described in the
+ STM32F302/01/34 x4/x6/x8 respective erratasheets) */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency;
+#else
+ /* USART Clock is PCLK2 */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency;
+#endif
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW_0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW_1)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART1CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+
+ /* USART2CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == 0x0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is PCLK */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW_0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW_1)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART2CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+
+ /* USART3CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == 0x0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is PCLK */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW_0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW_1)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) == RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->USART3CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART4CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == 0x0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is PCLK */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW_0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW_1)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART4CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART5CLK clock frequency */
+ if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == 0x0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is PCLK */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW_0)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is System Clock */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW_1)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CFGR3 & RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW) == RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW)
+ {
+ /* USART Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ RCC_Clocks->UART5CLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions
+ * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral clocks configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks.
+ (#) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or HSE_Div32
+ (HSE divided by 32).
+ (#) After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are
+ off except internal SRAM, Flash and SWD. Before to start using
+ a peripheral you have to enable its interface clock. You can do this
+ using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd()
+ and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions.
+ (#) To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after
+ device reset) you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd()
+ and RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the ADC clock (ADCCLK).
+ * @param RCC_PLLCLK: defines the ADC clock divider. This clock is derived from
+ * the PLL Clock.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_OFF: ADC12 clock disabled
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div1: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/1
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div2: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div4: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div6: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/6
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div8: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div10: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/10
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div12: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/12
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div16: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/16
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div32: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/32
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div64: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/64
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div128: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/128
+ * @arg RCC_ADC12PLLCLK_Div256: ADC12 clock = PLLCLK/256
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_OFF: ADC34 clock disabled
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div1: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/1
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div2: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/2
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div4: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/4
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div6: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/6
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div8: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/8
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div10: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/10
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div12: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/12
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div16: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/16
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div32: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/32
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div64: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/64
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div128: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/128
+ * @arg RCC_ADC34PLLCLK_Div256: ADC34 clock = PLLCLK/256
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLK(RCC_PLLCLK));
+
+ tmp = (RCC_PLLCLK >> 28);
+
+ /* Clears ADCPRE34 bits */
+ if (tmp != 0)
+ {
+ RCC->CFGR2 &= ~RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE34;
+ }
+ /* Clears ADCPRE12 bits */
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->CFGR2 &= ~RCC_CFGR2_ADCPRE12;
+ }
+ /* Set ADCPRE bits according to RCC_PLLCLK value */
+ RCC->CFGR2 |= RCC_PLLCLK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the I2C clock (I2CCLK).
+ * @param RCC_I2CCLK: defines the I2C clock source. This clock is derived
+ * from the HSI or System clock.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_I2CxCLK_HSI: I2Cx clock = HSI
+ * @arg RCC_I2CxCLK_SYSCLK: I2Cx clock = System Clock
+ * (x can be 1 or 2 or 3).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_I2CCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2CCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_I2CCLK(RCC_I2CCLK));
+
+ tmp = (RCC_I2CCLK >> 28);
+
+ /* Clear I2CSW bit */
+ switch (tmp)
+ {
+ case 0x00:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_I2C1SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_I2C2SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x02:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_I2C3SW;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Set I2CSW bits according to RCC_I2CCLK value */
+ RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_I2CCLK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx clock sources(TIMCLK).
+ * @note For STM32F303xC devices, TIMx can be clocked from the PLL running at 144 MHz
+ * when the system clock source is the PLL and HCLK & PCLK2 clocks are not divided in respect to SYSCLK.
+ * For the devices STM32F334x8, STM32F302x8 and STM32F303xE, TIMx can be clocked from the PLL running at
+ * 144 MHz when the system clock source is the PLL and AHB or APB2 subsystem clocks are not divided by
+ * more than 2 cumulatively.
+ * @note If one of the previous conditions is missed, the TIM clock source
+ * configuration is lost and calling again this function becomes mandatory.
+ * @param RCC_TIMCLK: defines the TIMx clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_TIMxCLK_PCLK: TIMx clock = APB clock (doubled frequency when prescaled)
+ * @arg RCC_TIMxCLK_PLLCLK: TIMx clock = PLL output (running up to 144 MHz)
+ * (x can be 1, 8, 15, 16, 17, 20, 2, 3,4).
+ * @note For STM32F303xC devices, TIM1 and TIM8 can be clocked at 144MHz.
+ * For STM32F303xE devices, TIM1/8/20/2/3/4/15/16/17 can be clocked at 144MHz.
+ * For STM32F334x8 devices , only TIM1 can be clocked at 144MHz.
+ * For STM32F302x8 devices, TIM1/15/16/17 can be clocked at 144MHz
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_TIMCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_TIMCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_TIMCLK(RCC_TIMCLK));
+
+ tmp = (RCC_TIMCLK >> 28);
+
+ /* Clear TIMSW bit */
+
+ switch (tmp)
+ {
+ case 0x00:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM1SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM8SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x02:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM15SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x03:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM16SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x04:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM17SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x05:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM20SW;
+ case 0x06:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM2SW;
+ case 0x07:
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_TIM3SW;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Set I2CSW bits according to RCC_TIMCLK value */
+ RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_TIMCLK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the HRTIM1 clock sources(HRTIM1CLK).
+ * @note The configuration of the HRTIM1 clock source is only possible when the
+ * SYSCLK = PLL and HCLK and PCLK2 clocks are not divided in respect to SYSCLK
+ * @note If one of the previous conditions is missed, the TIM clock source
+ * configuration is lost and calling again this function becomes mandatory.
+ * @param RCC_HRTIMCLK: defines the TIMx clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_HRTIM1CLK_HCLK: TIMx clock = APB high speed clock (doubled frequency
+ * when prescaled)
+ * @arg RCC_HRTIM1CLK_PLLCLK: TIMx clock = PLL output (running up to 144 MHz)
+ * (x can be 1 or 8).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_HRTIM1CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_HRTIMCLK)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HRTIMCLK(RCC_HRTIMCLK));
+
+ /* Clear HRTIMSW bit */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_HRTIM1SW;
+
+ /* Set HRTIMSW bits according to RCC_HRTIMCLK value */
+ RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_HRTIMCLK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the USART clock (USARTCLK).
+ * @param RCC_USARTCLK: defines the USART clock source. This clock is derived
+ * from the HSI or System clock.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_PCLK: USART clock = APB Clock (PCLK)
+ * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_SYSCLK: USART clock = System Clock
+ * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_LSE: USART clock = LSE Clock
+ * @arg RCC_USARTxCLK_HSI: USART clock = HSI Clock
+ * (x can be 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_USARTCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USARTCLK)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USARTCLK(RCC_USARTCLK));
+
+ tmp = (RCC_USARTCLK >> 28);
+
+ /* Clear USARTSW[1:0] bit */
+ switch (tmp)
+ {
+ case 0x01: /* clear USART1SW */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x02: /* clear USART2SW */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x03: /* clear USART3SW */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x04: /* clear UART4SW */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_UART4SW;
+ break;
+ case 0x05: /* clear UART5SW */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= ~RCC_CFGR3_UART5SW;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Set USARTSW bits according to RCC_USARTCLK value */
+ RCC->CFGR3 |= RCC_USARTCLK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the USB clock (USBCLK).
+ * @param RCC_USBCLKSource: specifies the USB clock source. This clock is
+ * derived from the PLL output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5: PLL clock divided by 1,5 selected as USB
+ * clock source
+ * @arg RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1: PLL clock selected as USB clock source
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_USBCLKSource));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_USBPRE_BB = RCC_USBCLKSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK).
+ * @note As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the Backup domain and write
+ * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write
+ * access using PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure
+ * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset).
+ * @note Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the RTC
+ * is reset using RCC_BackupResetCmd function, or by a Power On Reset (POR)
+ *
+ * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock
+ * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div32: HSE divided by 32 selected as RTC clock
+ *
+ * @note If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to
+ * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source.
+ * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC
+ * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes.
+ * @note The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 2MHz (when using HSE as
+ * RTC clock source).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource));
+
+ /* Select the RTC clock source */
+ RCC->BDCR |= RCC_RTCCLKSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK).
+ * @note This function must be called before enabling the SPI2 and SPI3 clocks.
+ * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK: SYSCLK clock used as I2S clock source
+ * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin
+ * used as I2S clock source
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_I2SSRC_BB = RCC_I2SCLKSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock.
+ * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected
+ * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases the Backup domain reset.
+ * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral (including the backup registers)
+ * and the RTC clock source selection in RCC_BDCR register.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock.
+ * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access)
+ * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before
+ * using it.
+ * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_TS
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FMC
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF (has effect only when the Flash memory is in power down mode)
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC12
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->AHBENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->AHBENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock.
+ * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access)
+ * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before
+ * using it.
+ * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_HRTIM1
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM20
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock.
+ * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access)
+ * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before
+ * using it.
+ * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC1
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases AHB peripheral reset.
+ * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to reset.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_FMC
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOH
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOA
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOB
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOC
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOD
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOE
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOF
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_GPIOG
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_TS
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC34
+ * @arg RCC_AHBPeriph_ADC12
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_RST_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->AHBRSTR |= RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->AHBRSTR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset.
+ * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM20
+ * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_HRTIM1
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset.
+ * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USB
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR
+ * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts.
+ * @note The CSS interrupt doesn't have an enable bit; once the CSS is enabled
+ * and if the HSE clock fails, the CSS interrupt occurs and an NMI is
+ * automatically generated. The NMI will be executed indefinitely, and
+ * since NMI has higher priority than any other IRQ (and main program)
+ * the application will be stacked in the NMI ISR unless the CSS interrupt
+ * pending bit is cleared.
+ * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[13:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[13:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not.
+ * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_MCOF: MCO Flag
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_OBLRST: Option Byte Loader (OBL) reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset
+ * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset
+ * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+ uint32_t statusreg = 0;
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Get the RCC register index */
+ tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5;
+
+ if (tmp == 0) /* The flag to check is in CR register */
+ {
+ statusreg = RCC->CR;
+ }
+ else if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */
+ {
+ statusreg = RCC->BDCR;
+ }
+ else if (tmp == 4) /* The flag to check is in CFGR register */
+ {
+ statusreg = RCC->CFGR;
+ }
+ else /* The flag to check is in CSR register */
+ {
+ statusreg = RCC->CSR;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the flag position */
+ tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK;
+
+ if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the flag status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags.
+ * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_OBLRST, RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST,
+ * RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ClearFlag(void)
+{
+ /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */
+ RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+ * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */
+ if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the RCC_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt
+ * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT));
+
+ /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt
+ pending bits */
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc922caa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_rtc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2598 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x_rtc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.3
+ * @date 10-July-2015
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization
+ * + Calendar (Time and Date) configuration
+ * + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration
+ * + WakeUp Timer configuration
+ * + Daylight Saving configuration
+ * + Output pin Configuration
+ * + Smooth digital Calibration configuration
+ * + TimeStamp configuration
+ * + Tampers configuration
+ * + Backup Data Registers configuration
+ * + Output Type Config configuration
+ * + Shift control synchronisation
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ @verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RTC Operating Condition #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The real-time clock (RTC) and the RTC backup registers can be powered
+ from the VBAT voltage when the main VDD supply is powered off.
+ To retain the content of the RTC backup registers and supply the RTC
+ when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional
+ standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source.
+
+ [..] To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD)
+ is turned off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks:
+ (#) The RTC
+ (#) The LSE oscillator
+ (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os (when available)
+
+ [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected
+ to VDD), the following functions are available:
+ (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins
+ (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF pin
+
+ [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected
+ to VBAT because VDD is not present), the following functions are available:
+ (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only
+ (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF pin
+
+ ##### Backup Domain Reset #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR
+ register to their reset values.
+ A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events
+ occurs:
+ (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the
+ RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). You can use the
+ RCC_BackupResetCmd().
+ (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been
+ powered off.
+
+ ##### Backup Domain Access #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers and RTC backup data
+ registers) is protected against possible unwanted write accesses.
+ [..] To enable access to the Backup Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+ (#) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+ RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable access to Backup domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function.
+ (#) Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable the backup domain access (see description in the section above)
+ (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and
+ RTC hour format using the RTC_Init() function.
+
+ *** Time and Date configuration ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime()
+ and RTC_SetDate() functions.
+ (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate()
+ functions.
+ (+) To read the RTC subsecond, use the RTC_GetSubSecond() function.
+ (+) Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one
+ hour to the RTC Calendar.
+
+ *** Alarm configuration ***
+ ===========================
+ [..]
+ (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function.
+ (+) Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC alarm SubSecond, use the RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond() function.
+
+ *** RTC Wakeup configuration ***
+ ================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig()
+ function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter()
+ function
+ (+) Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function
+ (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter()
+ function.
+
+ *** Outputs configuration ***
+ =============================
+ [..] The RTC has 2 different outputs:
+ (+) AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B
+ and WaKeUp signals.
+ To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF pin, use the
+ RTC_OutputConfig() function.
+ (+) AFO_CALIB: this output is 512Hz signal or 1Hz .
+ To output the RTC Clock on RTC_AF pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd()
+ function.
+
+ *** Smooth digital Calibration configuration ***
+ ================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC Original Digital Calibration Value and the corresponding
+ calibration cycle period (32s,16s and 8s) using the RTC_SmoothCalibConfig()
+ function.
+
+ *** TimeStamp configuration ***
+ ===============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC_AF trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp
+ using the RTC_TimeStampCmd() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the
+ RTC_GetTimeStamp() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp SubSecond register, use the
+ RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond() function.
+
+ *** Tamper configuration ***
+ ============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the Tamper filter count using RTC_TamperFilterConfig()
+ function.
+ (+) Configure the RTC Tamper trigger Edge or Level according to the Tamper
+ filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value using the RTC_TamperConfig() function.
+ (+) Configure the Tamper sampling frequency using RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig()
+ function.
+ (+) Configure the Tamper precharge or discharge duration using
+ RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration() function.
+ (+) Enable the Tamper Pull-UP using RTC_TamperPullUpDisableCmd() function.
+ (+) Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function.
+ (+) Enable the Time stamp on Tamper detection event using
+ RTC_TSOnTamperDetecCmd() function.
+
+ *** Backup Data Registers configuration ***
+ ===========================================
+ [..]
+ (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister()
+ function.
+ (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister()
+ function.
+
+ ##### RTC and low power modes #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate
+ function.
+ [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B),
+ RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection.
+ These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop
+ and Standby lowpower modes.
+ The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending
+ on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm
+ or the RTC wakeup events.
+ [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the
+ Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals.
+ Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC
+ clock source is LSE or LSI.
+
+ ##### Selection of RTC_AF alternate functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The RTC_AF pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes:
+ (+) Wakeup pin 2 (WKUP2) using the PWR_WakeUpPinCmd() function.
+ (+) AFO_ALARM output
+ (+) AFO_CALIB output
+ (+) AFI_TAMPER
+ (+) AFI_TIMESTAMP
+
+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | Pin |RTC ALARM |RTC CALIB |RTC TAMPER |RTC TIMESTAMP |PC13MODE| PC13VALUE |
+ | configuration | OUTPUT | OUTPUT | INPUT | INPUT | bit | bit |
+ | and function | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | | |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | |
+ | output OD | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | 0 |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | |
+ | output PP | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | 1 |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | |
+ | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | Don't care |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | TAMPER input | | | | | Don't | |
+ | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | care | Don't care |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | Don't | |
+ | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | care | Don't care |
+ | floating | | | | | | |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | |
+ | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Output PP | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | PC13 output |
+ | Forced | | | | | | |
+ |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|--------|--------------|
+ | Wakeup Pin or | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care |
+ | Standard GPIO | | | | | | |
+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC
+ * @brief RTC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Masks Definition */
+#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F)
+#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F)
+#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF)
+#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F)
+#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F | \
+ RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F | RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F | RTC_FLAG_RECALPF | \
+ RTC_FLAG_SHPF))
+
+#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000)
+#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00008000)
+#define RECALPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00001000)
+#define SHPF_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00002000)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value);
+static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC
+ Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers
+ Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers
+ synchronization check and reference clock detection enable.
+ (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is
+ split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption.
+ (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler.
+ (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the
+ asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption.
+ (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers
+ is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR.
+ (#) To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization
+ mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value
+ can be updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the
+ calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+ (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+ initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+ the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then
+ wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means
+ that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the RTC_TR
+ and RTC_DR shadow registers. The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
+ implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
+ * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
+ * registers.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00;
+ uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+ RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101;
+
+ /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007;
+
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF;
+ wutcounter++;
+ } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF;
+ RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF;
+ RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+ RTC->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+
+ /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
+
+ /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+ RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
+ if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
+ * in RTC_InitStruct.
+ * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
+ * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
+ * initialization mode only.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */
+ RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT));
+ /* Set RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat));
+
+ /* Configure the RTC PRER */
+ RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv);
+ RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be
+ * initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */
+ RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24;
+
+ /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */
+ RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F;
+
+ /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */
+ RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection.
+ * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8],
+ * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR.
+ * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection.
+ * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the write protection.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+ * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+ * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
+ * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t initstatus = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Set the Initialization mode */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+
+ /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF;
+ initcounter++;
+ } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET)
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode.
+ * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
+ * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+ * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+ * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ExitInitMode(void)
+{
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+ * synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+ * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+ * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function.
+ * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+ * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+ * the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+ * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+ * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+ * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00;
+
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Bypass shadow mode */
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear RSF flag */
+ RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK;
+
+ /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+ do
+ {
+ synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF;
+ synchrocounter++;
+ } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET)
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled
+ * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */
+ RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */
+ RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON;
+ }
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the Bypass Shadow feature.
+ * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
+ * directly from the Calendar counter.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Bypass Shadow feature.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+*/
+void RTC_BypassShadowCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions
+ * @brief Time and Date configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Time and Date configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Calendar
+ (Time and Date).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RTC current time.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the time configuration information for the RTC.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)));
+ }
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \
+ (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the RTC_TR register */
+ RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value
+ * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be
+ * initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC current Time.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will
+ * contain the returned current time configuration.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_TR register */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes);
+ RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the RTC current Calendar Subseconds value.
+ * @note This function freeze the Time and Date registers after reading the
+ * SSR register.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC current Calendar Subseconds value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetSubSecond(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Get subseconds values from the correspondent registers*/
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->SSR);
+
+ /* Read DR register to unfroze calendar registers */
+ (void) (RTC->DR);
+
+ return (tmpreg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RTC current date.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the date configuration information for the RTC.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10))
+ {
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A;
+ }
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)));
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg));
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay));
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \
+ (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \
+ (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the RTC_DR register */
+ RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ RTC_ExitInitMode();
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value
+ * (Monday, January 01 xx00).
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be
+ * initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday;
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1;
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January;
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC current date.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will
+ * contain the returned current date configuration.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_TR register */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date);
+ RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions
+ * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to program and read the RTC Alarms.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm.
+ * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+ * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)).
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds));
+
+ if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)));
+
+ if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date)
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm register */
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value
+ * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask =
+ * all fields are masked).
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0;
+
+ /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1;
+
+ /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will
+ * contains the output alarm configuration values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \
+ RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \
+ RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \
+ RTC_ALRMAR_SU));
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All);
+
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \
+ RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \
+ RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \
+ RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds);
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled
+ * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00;
+ uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm state */
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm;
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm;
+
+ /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8);
+ alarmcounter++;
+ } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC AlarmA/B Subseconds value and mask.
+ * @note This function is performed only when the Alarm is disabled.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B
+ * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue: specifies the Subseconds value.
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 0x00007FFF.
+ * @param RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask: specifies the Subseconds Mask.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_All : All Alarm SS fields are masked.
+ * There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm.
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_1 : SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[0] is compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_2 : SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[1:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_3 : SS[14:3] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[2:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_4 : SS[14:4] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[3:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_5 : SS[14:5] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[4:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_6 : SS[14:6] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[5:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_7 : SS[14:7] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[6:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_8 : SS[14:8] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[7:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_9 : SS[14:9] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[8:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_10: SS[14:10] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[9:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_11: SS[14:11] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[10:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_12: SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[11:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14_13: SS[14:13] are don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[12:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_SS14 : SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison.
+ * Only SS[13:0] are compared
+ * @arg RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask_None : SS[14:0] are compared and must match
+ * to activate alarm
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_AlarmSubSecondConfig(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue, uint32_t RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B SubSecond registers */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t) (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondValue) | (uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmSubSecondMask);
+
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ /* Configure the AlarmA SubSecond register */
+ RTC->ALRMASSR = tmpreg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure the Alarm B SubSecond register */
+ RTC->ALRMBSSR = tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm Subseconds value.
+ * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A
+ * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC Alarm Subseconds value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetAlarmSubSecond(uint32_t RTC_Alarm)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */
+ if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A)
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS);
+ }
+
+ return (tmpreg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions
+ * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### WakeUp Timer configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source.
+ * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp
+ * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)).
+ * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/16
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/8
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/4
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/2
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE
+ * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+ /* Configure the clock source */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter.
+ * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp
+ * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)).
+ * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter.
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */
+ RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void)
+{
+ /* Get the counter value */
+ return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00;
+ uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE;
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE;
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ do
+ {
+ wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF;
+ wutcounter++;
+ } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00));
+
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions
+ * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Daylight Saving configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time.
+ * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time)
+ * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time)
+ * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit
+ * in CR register to store the operation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset
+ * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear the bits to be configured */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation.
+ * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset
+ * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void)
+{
+ return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function
+ * @brief Output pin Configuration function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Output pin Configuration function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM).
+ * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected
+ * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output
+ * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output
+ * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output
+ * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following:
+ * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the
+ * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL)
+ * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the
+ * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Clear the bits to be configured */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL);
+
+ /* Configure the output selection and polarity */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Digital Calibration configuration functions
+ * @brief Digital Calibration configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Digital Calibration configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative
+ * pin.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the RTC clock output */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the RTC clock output */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+ * @param RTC_CalibOutput : Select the Calibration output Selection .
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_512Hz: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz.
+ * @arg RTC_CalibOutput_1Hz : A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz.
+ * @retval None
+*/
+void RTC_CalibOutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibOutput)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_CalibOutput));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /*clear flags before config*/
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_COSEL);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CalibOutput;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Smooth Calibration Settings.
+ * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod : Select the Smooth Calibration Period.
+ * This parameter can be can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_32sec : The smooth calibration periode is 32s.
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_16sec : The smooth calibration periode is 16s.
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod_8sec : The smooth calibration periode is 8s.
+ * @param RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses : Select to Set or reset the CALP bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Set : Add one RTCCLK puls every 2**11 pulses.
+ * @arg RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses_Reset: No RTCCLK pulses are added.
+ * @param RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits.
+ * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Calib registers are configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Calib registers are not configured
+*/
+ErrorStatus RTC_SmoothCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod,
+ uint32_t RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses,
+ uint32_t RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t recalpfcount = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* check if a calibration is pending*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* wait until the Calibration is completed*/
+ while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) && (recalpfcount != RECALPF_TIMEOUT))
+ {
+ recalpfcount++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* check if the calibration pending is completed or if there is no calibration operation at all*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */
+ RTC->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)RTC_SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)RTC_SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue);
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return (ErrorStatus)(status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions
+ * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### TimeStamp configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the
+ * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge.
+ * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
+ * activated.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following:
+ * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising
+ * edge of the related pin.
+ * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+ * falling edge of the related pin.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+ /* Get the new configuration */
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+ RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the RTC TimeStamp value and masks.
+ * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will
+ * contains the TimeStamp time values.
+ * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will
+ * contains the TimeStamp date values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct,
+ RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */
+ tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+ tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
+
+ /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0;
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes);
+ RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds);
+
+ /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month);
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date);
+ RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the RTC timestamp Subseconds value.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval RTC current timestamp Subseconds value.
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_GetTimeStampSubSecond(void)
+{
+ /* Get timestamp subseconds values from the correspondent registers */
+ return (uint32_t)(RTC->TSSSR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions
+ * @brief Tampers configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Tampers configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge.
+ * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3.
+ * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that
+ * stimulates tamper event.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_LowLevel: Low Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_HighLevel: High Level of the tamper pin causes tamper event.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger));
+
+ /* Check if the active level for Tamper is rising edge (Low level)*/
+ if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge)
+ {
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection.
+ * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_1: Select Tamper 1.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_2: Select Tamper 2.
+ * @arg RTC_Tamper_3: Select Tamper 3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Tampers Filter.
+ * @param RTC_TamperFilter: Specifies the tampers filter.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_Disable: Tamper filter is disabled.
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_2Sample: Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive
+ * samples at the active level
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_4Sample: Tamper is activated after 4 consecutive
+ * samples at the active level
+ * @arg RTC_TamperFilter_8Sample: Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive
+ * samples at the active level
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperFilterConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(RTC_TamperFilter));
+
+ /* Clear TAMPFLT[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperFilter;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Tampers Sampling Frequency.
+ * @param RTC_TamperSamplingFreq: Specifies the tampers Sampling Frequency.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div32768: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div16384: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 16384
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div8192: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 8192
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div4096: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 4096
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div2048: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 2048
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div1024: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 1024
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div512: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 512
+ * @arg RTC_TamperSamplingFreq_RTCCLK_Div256: Each of the tamper inputs are sampled
+ * with a frequency = RTCCLK / 256
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperSamplingFreqConfig(uint32_t RTC_TamperSamplingFreq)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(RTC_TamperSamplingFreq));
+
+ /* Clear TAMPFREQ[2:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperSamplingFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Tampers Pins input Precharge Duration.
+ * @param RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration: Specifies the Tampers Pins input
+ * Precharge Duration.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_1RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_2RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycle
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_4RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 4 RTCCLK cycle
+ * @arg RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration_8RTCCLK: Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 8 RTCCLK cycle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperPinsPrechargeDuration(uint32_t RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration));
+
+ /* Clear TAMPPRCH[1:0] bits in the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TamperPrechargeDuration;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the TimeStamp on Tamper Detection Event.
+ * @note The timestamp is valid even the TSE bit in tamper control register
+ * is reset.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the timestamp on tamper event.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TimeStampOnTamperDetectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Save timestamp on tamper detection event */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Tamper detection does not cause a timestamp to be saved */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the Precharge of Tamper pin.
+ * @param NewState: new state of tamper pull up.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_TamperPullUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable precharge of the selected Tamper pin */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions
+ * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Backup Data Registers configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
+ * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number.
+ * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 15 to
+ * specify the register.
+ * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR));
+
+ tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50;
+ tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4);
+
+ /* Write the specified register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
+ * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number.
+ * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 15 to
+ * specify the register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR));
+
+ tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50;
+ tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4);
+
+ /* Read the specified register */
+ return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 Output Type Config configuration functions
+ * @brief Output Type Config configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Output Type Config configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode.
+ * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in
+ * Open Drain mode.
+ * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in
+ * Push Pull mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType));
+
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE);
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Shift control synchronisation functions
+ * @brief Shift control synchronisation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Shift control synchronisation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
+ * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register
+ * @param RTC_ShiftAdd1S : Select to add or not 1 second to the time Calendar.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values :
+ * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Set : Add one second to the clock calendar.
+ * @arg RTC_ShiftAdd1S_Reset: No effect.
+ * @param RTC_ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to Substitute.
+ * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Shift registers are configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Shift registers are not configured
+*/
+ErrorStatus RTC_SynchroShiftConfig(uint32_t RTC_ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t RTC_ShiftSubFS)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t shpfcount = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(RTC_ShiftAdd1S));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(RTC_ShiftSubFS));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ /* Check if a Shift is pending*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the shift is completed*/
+ while (((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) && (shpfcount != SHPF_TIMEOUT))
+ {
+ shpfcount++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the Shift pending is completed or if there is no Shift operation at all*/
+ if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* check if the reference clock detection is disabled */
+ if((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Shift settings */
+ RTC->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(RTC_ShiftAdd1S);
+
+ if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+
+ return (ErrorStatus)(status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RTC_Group13 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller.
+ (+) To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required:
+ (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using
+ the NVIC_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B)
+ using the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions.
+ (+) To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required:
+ (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 20 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using
+ the NVIC_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the
+ RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd()
+ functions.
+ (+) To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required:
+ (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using
+ the NVIC_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the
+ RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions.
+ (+) To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required:
+ (++) Configure and enable the EXTI Line 19 in interrupt mode and select
+ the rising edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using
+ the NVIC_Init() function.
+ (++) Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time-stamp event using the
+ RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts.
+ * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask
+ * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xCA;
+ RTC->WPR = 0x53;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */
+ RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */
+ RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */
+ RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ RTC->WPR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not.
+ * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_RECALPF: RECALPF event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag
+ * @argRTC_FLAG_SHPF : Shift operation pending flag.
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag
+ * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Get all the flags */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK);
+
+ /* Return the status of the flag */
+ if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags.
+ * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F: Tamper 3 event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F: Tamper 2 event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag
+ * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0001FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt
+ * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE));
+
+ /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */
+ enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & ((RTC_IT >> (RTC_IT >> 18)) >> 15)));
+
+ /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4)));
+
+ /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+ if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 event interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP2: Tamper2 event interrupt
+ * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP3: Tamper3 event interrupt
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT));
+
+ /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4);
+
+ /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */
+ RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format.
+ * @param Value: Byte to be converted.
+ * @retval Converted byte
+ */
+static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value)
+{
+ uint8_t bcdhigh = 0;
+
+ while (Value >= 10)
+ {
+ bcdhigh++;
+ Value -= 10;
+ }
+
+ return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary.
+ * @param Value: BCD value to be converted.
+ * @retval Converted word
+ */
+static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value)
+{
+ uint8_t tmp = 0;
+ tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10;
+ return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_spi.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_spi.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51fc89ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_spi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1417 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x_spi.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.3
+ * @date 10-July-2015
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI):
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + Data transfers functions
+ * + Hardware CRC Calculation
+ * + DMA transfers management
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE)
+ function for SPI1 or using RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE)
+ function for SPI2.
+ (#) Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd()
+ function.
+ (#) Peripherals alternate function:
+ (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
+ Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by:
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF.
+ (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
+ GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members.
+ (++) Call GPIO_Init() function.
+ (#) Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave
+ Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init()
+ function in SPI mode. In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format,
+ MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function.
+ (#) Configure the FIFO threshold using SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig() to select
+ at which threshold the RXNE event is generated.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ SPI_I2S_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode.
+ (#) When using the DMA mode
+ (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function.
+ (++) Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using
+ I2S_Cmd().
+ (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode.
+ (#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without
+ re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function):
+ (++) When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)
+ is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() function
+ it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx or SPI_Direction_Rx
+ using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function.
+ (++) When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter
+ using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the
+ NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function.
+ (++) Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function.
+ (++) Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function.
+ (#) To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral
+ CRC hardware Calculation subsection.
+ [..] It is possible to use SPI in I2S full duplex mode, in this case, each SPI
+ peripheral is able to manage sending and receiving data simultaneously
+ using two data lines. Each SPI peripheral has an extended block called I2Sxext
+ (ie. I2S2ext for SPI2 and I2S3ext for SPI3).
+ The extension block is not a full SPI IP, it is used only as I2S slave to
+ implement full duplex mode. The extension block uses the same clock sources
+ as its master.
+ To configure I2S full duplex you have to:
+ (#) Configure SPIx in I2S mode (I2S_Init() function) as described above.
+ (#) Call the I2S_FullDuplexConfig() function using the same strucutre passed to
+ I2S_Init() function.
+ (#) Call I2S_Cmd() for SPIx then for its extended block.
+ (#) Configure interrupts or DMA requests and to get/clear flag status,
+ use I2Sxext instance for the extension block.
+ [..] Functions that can be called with I2Sxext instances are:
+ I2S_Cmd(), I2S_FullDuplexConfig(), SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(), SPI_I2S_SendData16(),
+ SPI_I2S_DMACmd(), SPI_I2S_ITConfig(), SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(), SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(),
+ SPI_I2S_GetITStatus() and SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit().
+ [..] Example: To use SPI3 in Full duplex mode (SPI3 is Master Tx, I2S3ext is Slave Rx):
+ [..] RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE);
+ I2S_StructInit(&I2SInitStruct);
+ I2SInitStruct.Mode = I2S_Mode_MasterTx;
+ I2S_Init(SPI3, &I2SInitStruct);
+ I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI3ext, &I2SInitStruct)
+ I2S_Cmd(SPI3, ENABLE);
+ I2S_Cmd(SPI3ext, ENABLE);
+ ...
+ while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI2, SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET)
+ {}
+ SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI3, txdata[i]);
+ ...
+ while (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(I2S3ext, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)
+ {}
+ rxdata[i] = SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(I2S3ext);
+ ...
+ [..]
+ (@) In SPI mode: To use the SPI TI mode, call the function SPI_TIModeCmd()
+ just after calling the function SPI_Init().
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI
+ * @brief SPI driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040)
+#define CR2_LDMA_MASK ((uint16_t)0x9FFF)
+
+#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xF040)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI Direction,
+ SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS Management, SPI Baud
+ Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial.
+ [..] The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master mode
+ and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference manual).
+ [..] When the Software NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Soft) is selected,
+ use the following function to manage the NSS bit:
+ void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft);
+ [..] In Master mode, when the Hardware NSS management (SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard)
+ is selected, use the following function to enable the NSS output feature.
+ void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+ [..] The NSS pulse mode can be managed by the SPI TI mode when enabling it using the
+ following function: void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+ And it can be managed by software in the SPI Motorola mode using this function:
+ void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
+ [..] This section provides also functions to initialize the I2S Mode, Standard,
+ Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity.
+ [..] The I2S_Init() function follows the I2S configuration procedures for Master mode
+ and Slave mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default
+ * reset values.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ if (SPIx == SPI1)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI1 reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE);
+ /* Release SPI1 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (SPIx == SPI2)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI2 reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE);
+ /* Release SPI2 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (SPIx == SPI3)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI3 reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE);
+ /* Release SPI3 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (SPIx == SPI4)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI4 reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4, ENABLE);
+ /* Release SPI4 from reset state */
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI4, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+ /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_Mode member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_DataSize member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB;
+ /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Check the SPI parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial));
+
+ /* Configuring the SPI in master mode */
+ if(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode == SPI_Mode_Master)
+ {
+/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->CR1;
+ /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler
+ master/slave mode, CPOL and CPHA */
+ /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */
+ /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */
+ /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */
+ /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */
+ /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */
+ /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode) |
+ (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA) |
+ (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler) |
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)));
+ /* Write to SPIx CR1 */
+ SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+ /*-------------------------Data Size Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Get the SPIx CR2 value */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->CR2;
+ /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS;
+ /* Configure SPIx: Data Size */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize);
+ /* Write to SPIx CR2 */
+ SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+ }
+ /* Configuring the SPI in slave mode */
+ else
+ {
+/*---------------------------- Data size Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Get the SPIx CR2 value */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->CR2;
+ /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS;
+ /* Configure SPIx: Data Size */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize);
+ /* Write to SPIx CR2 */
+ SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->CR1;
+ /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */
+ tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK;
+ /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler
+ master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */
+ /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */
+ /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */
+ /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */
+ /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */
+ /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */
+ /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode) |
+ (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA) |
+ (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler) |
+ SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)));
+
+ /* Write to SPIx CR1 */
+ SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+
+/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/
+ /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */
+ SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param I2S_InitStruct : pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+ /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default;
+
+ /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct.
+ * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 2 or 3
+ * in I2S mode.
+ * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral
+ * configured in I2S mode.
+ * @note
+ * The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most
+ * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values
+ * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater
+ * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+ RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
+ uint32_t sourceclock = 0;
+
+ /* Check the I2S parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL));
+
+/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK;
+ SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002;
+
+ /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR;
+
+ /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/
+ if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)
+ {
+ i2sodd = (uint16_t)0;
+ i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2;
+ }
+ /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */
+ if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b)
+ {
+ /* Packet length is 16 bits */
+ packetlength = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+ packetlength = 2;
+ }
+
+ /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+ RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+
+ /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+ sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
+
+ /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
+ if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable)
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is enabled */
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is disabled */
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the floating point */
+ tmp = tmp / 10;
+
+ /* Check the parity of the divider */
+ i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001);
+
+ /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+ i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
+
+ /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+ i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8);
+ }
+
+ /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+ if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
+ {
+ /* Set the default values */
+ i2sdiv = 2;
+ i2sodd = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+ SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
+
+ /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode) | \
+ (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard |I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat) |\
+ I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)));
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TI Mode.
+ * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has
+ * been called.
+ * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits SSM, SSI, CPOL and CPHA
+ * are not taken into consideration and are configured by hardware
+ * respectively to the TI mode requirements.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI TI communication mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_FRF;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRF);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode).
+ * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx peripheral, where x can be: 2 or 3 in
+ * I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */
+ SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size.
+ * For the SPIx peripheral this parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_4b: Set data size to 4 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_5b: Set data size to 5 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_6b: Set data size to 6 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_7b: Set data size to 7 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data size to 8 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_9b: Set data size to 9 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_10b: Set data size to 10 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_11b: Set data size to 11 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_12b: Set data size to 12 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_13b: Set data size to 13 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_14b: Set data size to 14 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_15b: Set data size to 15 bits
+ * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data size to 16 bits
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_SIZE(SPI_DataSize));
+ /* Read the CR2 register */
+ tmpreg = SPIx->CR2;
+ /* Clear DS[3:0] bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_DS;
+ /* Set new DS[3:0] bits value */
+ tmpreg |= SPI_DataSize;
+ SPIx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the FIFO reception threshold for the selected SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_RxFIFOThreshold: specifies the FIFO reception threshold.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_HF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO
+ * level is greater or equal to 1/2.
+ * @arg SPI_RxFIFOThreshold_QF: RXNE event is generated if the FIFO
+ * level is greater or equal to 1/4.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_RxFIFOThresholdConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_RxFIFOThreshold)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_RX_FIFO_THRESHOLD(SPI_RxFIFOThreshold));
+
+ /* Clear FRXTH bit */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_FRXTH);
+
+ /* Set new FRXTH bit value */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_RxFIFOThreshold;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction
+ * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction));
+ if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx)
+ {
+ /* Set the Tx only mode */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the Rx only mode */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI.
+ * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has
+ * been called.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally
+ * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft));
+
+ if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)
+ {
+ /* Set NSS pin internally by software */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the full duplex mode for the I2Sx peripheral using its
+ * extension I2Sxext according to the specified parameters in the
+ * I2S_InitStruct.
+ * @param I2Sxext: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the I2S peripheral extension block.
+ * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the specified I2S peripheral
+ * extension.
+ *
+ * @note The structure pointed by I2S_InitStruct parameter should be the same
+ * used for the master I2S peripheral. In this case, if the master is
+ * configured as transmitter, the slave will be receiver and vice versa.
+ * Or you can force a different mode by modifying the field I2S_Mode to the
+ * value I2S_SlaveRx or I2S_SlaveTx independently of the master configuration.
+ *
+ * @note The I2S full duplex extension can be configured in slave mode only.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void I2S_FullDuplexConfig(SPI_TypeDef* I2Sxext, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpreg = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the I2S parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_EXT_PERIPH(I2Sxext));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL));
+
+/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/
+ /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+ I2Sxext->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK;
+ I2Sxext->I2SPR = 0x0002;
+
+ /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
+ tmpreg = I2Sxext->I2SCFGR;
+
+ /* Get the mode to be configured for the extended I2S */
+ if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterTx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx))
+ {
+ tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveRx;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_MasterRx) || (I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx))
+ {
+ tmp = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */
+ tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(tmp | \
+ (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \
+ (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL))));
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+ I2Sxext->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI.
+ * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has
+ * been called and the NSS hardware management mode is selected.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the NSS pulse management mode.
+ * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has
+ * been called.
+ * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits NSSP is not taken into
+ * consideration and are configured by hardware respectively to the
+ * TI mode requirements.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the NSS pulse management mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_NSSPulseModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the NSS pulse management mode */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_NSSP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the NSS pulse management mode */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_NSSP);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Data transfers functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI or I2S
+ data transfers.
+ [..] In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal Rx buffer while
+ In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx buffer before being
+ transmitted.
+ [..] The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()
+ function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR
+ can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData() function and stores the written data into
+ Tx buffer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param Data: Data to be transmitted.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_SendData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ uint32_t spixbase = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx;
+ spixbase += 0x0C;
+
+ *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @param Data: Data to be transmitted.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_SendData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+
+ SPIx->DR = (uint16_t)Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval The value of the received data.
+ */
+uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData8(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ uint32_t spixbase = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+
+ spixbase = (uint32_t)SPIx;
+ spixbase += 0x0C;
+
+ return *(__IO uint8_t *) spixbase;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx peripheral.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3 or 4
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @retval The value of the received data.
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData16(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+
+ return SPIx->DR;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions
+ * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Hardware CRC Calculation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware
+ calculation.
+ [..] SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler,
+ Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init()
+ function.
+ (#) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function.
+ (#) Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function
+ (#) Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the
+ SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last
+ data, the CRC should be transmitted.
+ (#) After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT
+ bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR
+ value.
+ If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt
+ can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled.
+ [..]
+ (@)
+ (+@) It is advised to don't read the calculate CRC values during the communication.
+ (+@) When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only
+ when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state.
+ If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive
+ to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever
+ the value of the SPE bit.
+ (+@) With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC.
+ As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC
+ transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC
+ transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception.
+ In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception
+ of the last data.
+ (+@) For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the
+ degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the
+ SPI bandwidth.
+ (+@) When the STM32F30x are configured as slaves and the NSS hardware mode is
+ used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC
+ phase.
+ (+@) When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC
+ calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin.
+ This may happen for example in case of a multislave environment where the
+ communication master addresses slaves alternately.
+ (+@) Between a slave deselection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection
+ (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave
+ sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective
+ CRC calculation.
+ [..]
+ (@) To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below:
+ (#@) Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function.
+ (#@) Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function.
+ (#@) Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function.
+ (#@) Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the CRC calculation length for the selected SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_CRCLength: specifies the SPI CRC calculation length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_CRCLength_8b: Set CRC Calculation to 8 bits
+ * @arg SPI_CRCLength_16b: Set CRC Calculation to 16 bits
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_CRCLengthConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_CRCLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(SPI_CRCLength));
+
+ /* Clear CRCL bit */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCL);
+
+ /* Set new CRCL bit value */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CRCLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
+ SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits the SPIx CRC value.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */
+ SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register
+ * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register
+ * @retval The selected CRC register value..
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC)
+{
+ uint16_t crcreg = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC));
+
+ if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx)
+ {
+ /* Get the Tx CRC register */
+ crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get the Rx CRC register */
+ crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR;
+ }
+ /* Return the selected CRC register */
+ return crcreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value.
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+
+ /* Return the CRC polynomial register */
+ return SPIx->CRCPR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions
+ * @brief DMA transfers management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DMA transfers management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface.
+ * @param SPIx:To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3 or 4
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request
+ * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMA_REQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the number of data to transfer type(Even/Odd) for the DMA
+ * last transfers and for the selected SPI.
+ * @note This function have a meaning only if DMA mode is selected and if
+ * the packing mode is used (data length <= 8 and DMA transfer size halfword)
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param SPI_LastDMATransfer: specifies the SPI last DMA transfers state.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxEven: Number of data for transmission Even
+ * and number of data for reception Even.
+ * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxEven: Number of data for transmission Odd
+ * and number of data for reception Even.
+ * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxEvenRxOdd: Number of data for transmission Even
+ * and number of data for reception Odd.
+ * @arg SPI_LastDMATransfer_TxOddRxOdd: RNumber of data for transmission Odd
+ * and number of data for reception Odd.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_LastDMATransferCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_LastDMATransfer)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_LAST_DMA_TRANSFER(SPI_LastDMATransfer));
+
+ /* Clear LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= CR2_LDMA_MASK;
+
+ /* Set new LDMA_TX and LDMA_RX bits value */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_LastDMATransfer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI/I2S
+ Interrupts sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status.
+ The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage
+ the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode.
+
+ *** Polling Mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI.
+ (#) SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur.
+ (#) SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs.
+ (#) I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs.
+ (#) I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side.
+ [..]
+ (@) Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception.
+ It is better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
+ (+) void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
+
+ *** Interrupt Mode ***
+ ======================
+ [..] In Interrupt Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources
+ and 5 pending bits:
+ [..] Pending Bits:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur.
+ (#) I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs.
+ [..] Interrupt Source:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty
+ interrupt.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not
+ empty interrupt.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
+ (+) ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
+
+ *** FIFO Status ***
+ ===================
+ [..] It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing using the
+ following function:
+ (+) uint32_t SPI_GetFIFOStatus(uint8_t SPI_FIFO_Direction);
+
+ *** DMA Mode ***
+ ================
+ [..] In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests:
+ (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ (#) SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function:
+ (+) void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3 or 4
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+ /* Get the SPI IT index */
+ itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
+
+ /* Set the IT mask */
+ itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos;
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */
+ SPIx->CR2 |= itmask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */
+ SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current SPIx Transmission FIFO filled level.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval The Transmission FIFO filling state.
+ * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty
+ * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full.
+ * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full.
+ * - SPI_TransmissionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full.
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_GetTransmissionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Get the SPIx Transmission FIFO level bits */
+ return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FTLVL));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the current SPIx Reception FIFO filled level.
+ * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 4 to select the SPI peripheral.
+ * @retval The Reception FIFO filling state.
+ * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty
+ * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full.
+ * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full.
+ * - SPI_ReceptionFIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full.
+ */
+uint16_t SPI_GetReceptionFIFOStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
+{
+ /* Get the SPIx Reception FIFO level bits */
+ return (uint16_t)((SPIx->SR & SPI_SR_FRLVL));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3 or 4
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_FRE: TI frame format error flag.
+ * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag.
+ * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag.
+ * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */
+ if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3 or 4
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear.
+ * This function clears only CRCERR flag.
+ * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read
+ * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()).
+ * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write
+ * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a
+ * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
+
+ /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */
+ SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2, 3 or 4
+ * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode or I2Sxext for I2S full duplex mode.
+ * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt.
+ * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt.
+ * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_FRE: Format Error interrupt.
+ * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH_EXT(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
+
+ /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */
+ itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
+
+ /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */
+ itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
+
+ /* Set the IT mask */
+ itmask = 0x01 << itmask;
+
+ /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */
+ enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ;
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */
+ if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_syscfg.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_syscfg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14c3fc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_syscfg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x_syscfg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.3
+ * @date 10-July-2015
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the SYSCFG peripheral:
+ * + Remapping the memory mapped at 0x00000000
+ * + Remapping the DMA channels
+ * + Enabling I2C fast mode plus driving capability for I2C plus
+ * + Remapping USB interrupt line
+ * + Configuring the EXTI lines connection to the GPIO port
+ * + Configuring the CLASSB requirements
+ *
+ @verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] The SYSCFG registers can be accessed only when the SYSCFG
+ interface APB clock is enabled.
+ [..] To enable SYSCFG APB clock use:
+ RCC_APBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBPeriph_SYSCFG, ENABLE);
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_syscfg.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG
+ * @brief SYSCFG driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Reset value of SYSCFG_CFGR1 register */
+#define CFGR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x7C000000)
+
+/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region -------------*/
+#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+
+/* --- CFGR1 Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of USB_IT_RMP bit */
+#define CFGR1_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x00)
+#define USBITRMP_BitNumber 0x05
+#define CFGR1_USBITRMP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR1_OFFSET * 32) + (USBITRMP_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* --- CFGR2 Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of BYP_ADDR_PAR bit */
+#define CFGR2_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18)
+#define BYPADDRPAR_BitNumber 0x04
+#define CFGR1_BYPADDRPAR_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR2_OFFSET * 32) + (BYPADDRPAR_BitNumber * 4))
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Group1 SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### SYSCFG Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the SYSCFG registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ * @note MEM_MODE bits are not affected by APB reset.
+ * MEM_MODE bits took the value from the user option bytes.
+ */
+void SYSCFG_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Reset SYSCFG_CFGR1 register to reset value without affecting MEM_MODE bits */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE;
+ /* Set FPU Interrupt Enable bits to default value */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= 0x7C000000;
+ /* Reset RAM Write protection bits to default value */
+ SYSCFG->RCR = 0x00000000;
+ /* Set EXTICRx registers to reset value */
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[0] = 0;
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[1] = 0;
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[2] = 0;
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[3] = 0;
+ /* Set CFGR2 register to reset value */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR2 = 0;
+ /* Set CFGR3 register to reset value */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR3 = 0;
+ /* Set CFGR4 register to reset value */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR4 = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the memory mapping at address 0x00000000.
+ * @param SYSCFG_MemoryRemap: selects the memory remapping.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemMemory: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000
+ * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FMC: External memory through FMC
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcfgr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap));
+
+ /* Get CFGR1 register value */
+ tmpcfgr1 = SYSCFG->CFGR1;
+
+ /* Clear MEM_MODE bits */
+ tmpcfgr1 &= (uint32_t) (~SYSCFG_CFGR1_MEM_MODE);
+
+ /* Set the new MEM_MODE bits value */
+ tmpcfgr1 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_MemoryRemap;
+
+ /* Set CFGR1 register with the new memory remap configuration */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 = tmpcfgr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the DMA channels remapping.
+ * @param SYSCFG_DMARemap: selects the DMA channels remap.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17: Remap TIM17 DMA requests from DMA1 channel1 to channel2
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM16: Remap TIM16 DMA requests from DMA1 channel3 to channel4
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM6DAC1Ch1: Remap TIM6/DAC1 DMA requests from DMA2 channel 3 to DMA1 channel 3
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM7DAC1Ch2: Remap TIM7/DAC2 DMA requests from DMA2 channel 4 to DMA1 channel 4
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_ADC2ADC4: Remap ADC2 and ADC4 DMA requests from DMA2 channel1/channel3 to channel3/channel4
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemap_DAC2Ch1: Remap DAC2 DMA requests to DMA1 channel5
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh2_SPI1_RX: Remap SPI1 RX DMA1 CH2 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh4_SPI1_RX: Remap SPI1 RX DMA CH4 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh6_SPI1_RX: Remap SPI1 RX DMA CH6 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh3_SPI1_TX: Remap SPI1 TX DMA CH2 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh5_SPI1_TX: Remap SPI1 TX DMA CH5 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh7_SPI1_TX: Remap SPI1 TX DMA CH7 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh7_I2C1_RX: Remap I2C1 RX DMA CH7 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh3_I2C1_RX: Remap I2C1 RX DMA CH3 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh5_I2C1_RX: Remap I2C1 RX DMA CH5 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh6_I2C1_TX: Remap I2C1 TX DMA CH6 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh2_I2C1_TX: Remap I2C1 TX DMA CH2 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh4_I2C1_TX: Remap I2C1 TX DMA CH4 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh4_ADC2: Remap ADC2 DMA1 Ch4 requests
+ * @arg SYSCFG_DMARemapCh2_ADC2: Remap ADC2 DMA1 Ch2 requests
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA channel remapping.
+ * This parameter can be: Enable or Disable.
+ * @note When enabled, DMA channel of the selected peripheral is remapped
+ * @note When disabled, Default DMA channel is mapped to the selected peripheral
+ * @note
+ * By default TIM17 DMA requests is mapped to channel 1
+ * use SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17, Enable)
+ * to remap TIM17 DMA requests to DMA1 channel 2
+ * use SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(SYSCFG_DMARemap_TIM17, Disable)
+ * to map TIM17 DMA requests to DMA1 channel 1 (default mapping)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_DMAChannelRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_DMARemap, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_DMA_REMAP(SYSCFG_DMARemap));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if ((SYSCFG_DMARemap & 0x80000000)!= 0x80000000)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Remap the DMA channel */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_DMARemap;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* use the default DMA channel mapping */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_DMARemap);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Remap the DMA channel */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR3 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_DMARemap;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* use the default DMA channel mapping */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_DMARemap);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the remapping capabilities of DAC/TIM triggers.
+ * @param SYSCFG_TriggerRemap: selects the trigger to be remapped.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACTIM3: Remap DAC trigger from TIM8 to TIM3
+ * @arg SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_TIM1TIM17: Remap TIM1 ITR3 from TIM4 TRGO to TIM17 OC
+ * @arg SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACHRTIM1_TRIG1: Remap DAC trigger to HRTIM1 TRIG1
+ * @arg SYSCFG_TriggerRemap_DACHRTIM1_TRIG2: Remap DAC trigger to HRTIM1 TRIG2
+ * @param NewState: new state of the trigger mapping.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note ENABLE: Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin
+ * @note DISABLE: Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_TriggerRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_TriggerRemap, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_TRIGGER_REMAP(SYSCFG_TriggerRemap));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if ((SYSCFG_TriggerRemap & 0x80000000)!= 0x80000000)
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Remap the trigger */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_TriggerRemap;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Use the default trigger mapping */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_TriggerRemap);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Remap the trigger */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR3 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_TriggerRemap;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Use the default trigger mapping */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_TriggerRemap);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the remapping capabilities of encoder mode.
+ * @ note This feature implement the so-called M/T method for measuring speed
+ * and position using quadrature encoders.
+ * @param SYSCFG_EncoderRemap: selects the remap option for encoder mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_No: No remap
+ * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM2: Timer 2 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2
+ * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM3: Timer 3 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2
+ * @arg SYSCFG_EncoderRemap_TIM4: Timer 4 IC1 and IC2 connected to TIM15 IC1 and IC2
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_EncoderRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_EncoderRemap)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ENCODER_REMAP(SYSCFG_EncoderRemap));
+
+ /* Reset the encoder mode remapping bits */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_CFGR1_ENCODER_MODE);
+
+ /* Set the selected configuration */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)(SYSCFG_EncoderRemap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Remaps the USB interrupt lines.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the mapping of USB interrupt lines.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @param ENABLE: Remap the USB interrupt line as following:
+ * @arg USB Device High Priority (USB_HP) interrupt mapped to line 74.
+ * @arg USB Device Low Priority (USB_LP) interrupt mapped to line 75.
+ * @arg USB Wakeup Interrupt (USB_WKUP) interrupt mapped to line 76.
+ * @param DISABLE: Use the default USB interrupt line:
+ * @arg USB Device High Priority (USB_HP) interrupt mapped to line 19.
+ * @arg USB Device Low Priority (USB_LP) interrupt mapped to line 20.
+ * @arg USB Wakeup Interrupt (USB_WKUP) interrupt mapped to line 42.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_USBInterruptLineRemapCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ /* Remap the USB interrupt lines */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR1_USBITRMP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+ * @param SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus: selects the pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB6: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB6
+ * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB7: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB7
+ * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB8: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB8
+ * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_PB9: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for PB9
+ * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for I2C1 pins
+ * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for I2C2 pins
+ * @arg SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C3: Configure fast mode plus driving capability for I2C3 pins
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA channel remapping.
+ * This parameter can be:
+ * @arg ENABLE: Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin
+ * @arg DISABLE: Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin
+ * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+ * I2C1 pins using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 parameter or independently
+ * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+ * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+ * can be enabled only by using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C1 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+ * only by using SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus_I2C2 parameter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlusConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_I2C_FMP(SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected I2C pin */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_I2CFastModePlus);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected SYSCFG interrupts.
+ * @param SYSCFG_IT: specifies the SYSCFG interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IXC: Inexact Interrupt
+ * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IDC: Input denormal Interrupt
+ * @arg SYSCFG_IT_OFC: Overflow Interrupt
+ * @arg SYSCFG_IT_UFC: Underflow Interrupt
+ * @arg SYSCFG_IT_DZC: Divide-by-zero Interrupt
+ * @arg SYSCFG_IT_IOC: Invalid operation Interrupt
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified SYSCFG interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_ITConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_IT(SYSCFG_IT));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected SYSCFG interrupts */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 |= SYSCFG_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected SYSCFG interrupts */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR1 &= ((uint32_t)~SYSCFG_IT);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line.
+ * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx : selects the GPIO port to be used as source
+ * for EXTI lines where x can be (A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H).
+ * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured.
+ * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex));
+
+ tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp;
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Connects the selected parameter to the break input of TIM1.
+ * @note The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked by system reset
+ * @param SYSCFG_Break: selects the configuration to be connected to break
+ * input of TIM1
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_Break_PVD: PVD interrupt is connected to the break input of TIM1.
+ * @arg SYSCFG_Break_SRAMParity: SRAM Parity error is connected to the break input of TIM1.
+ * @arg SYSCFG_Break_HardFault: Lockup output of CortexM4 is connected to the break input of TIM1.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_BreakConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_Break)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_LOCK_CONFIG(SYSCFG_Break));
+
+ SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_Break;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables the parity check on RAM.
+ * @note Disabling the parity check on RAM locks the configuration bit.
+ * To re-enable the parity check on RAM perform a system reset.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_BypassParityCheckDisable(void)
+{
+ /* Disable the address parity check on RAM */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR1_BYPADDRPAR_BB = (uint32_t)0x00000001;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the remapping capabilities of DAC/TIM triggers.
+ * @param SYSCFG_ADCTriggerRemap: selects the ADC trigger to be remapped.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT2: Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT2
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT3: Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT3
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT5: Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT5
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT13: Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT13
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_EXT15: Input trigger of ADC12 regular channel EXT15
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT3: Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT3
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT6: Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT6
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC12_JEXT13: Input trigger of ADC12 injected channel JEXT16
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT5: Input trigger of ADC34 regular channel EXT5
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT6: Input trigger of ADC34 regular channel EXT6
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_EXT15: Input trigger of ADC34 regular channel EXT15
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT5: Input trigger of ADC34 injected channel JEXT5
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT11: Input trigger of ADC34 injected channel JEXT11
+ * @arg REMAPADCTRIGGER_ADC34_JEXT14: Input trigger of ADC34 injected channel JEXT14
+ * @param NewState: new state of the trigger mapping.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note ENABLE: Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin
+ * @note DISABLE: Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_ADCTriggerRemapConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_ADCTriggerRemap, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ADC_TRIGGER_REMAP(SYSCFG_ADCTriggerRemap));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Remap the trigger */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR4 |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_ADCTriggerRemap;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Use the default trigger mapping */
+ SYSCFG->CFGR4 &= (uint32_t)(~SYSCFG_ADCTriggerRemap);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the ICODE SRAM write protection.
+ * @note Enabling the ICODE SRAM write protection locks the configuration bit.
+ * To disable the ICODE SRAM write protection perform a system reset.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_SRAMWRPEnable(uint32_t SYSCFG_SRAMWRP)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_PAGE(SYSCFG_SRAMWRP));
+
+ /* Enable the write-protection on the selected ICODE SRAM page */
+ SYSCFG->RCR |= (uint32_t)SYSCFG_SRAMWRP;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified SYSCFG flag is set or not.
+ * @param SYSCFG_Flag: specifies the SYSCFG flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_FLAG_PE: SRAM parity error flag.
+ * @retval The new state of SYSCFG_Flag (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(SYSCFG_Flag));
+
+ /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */
+ if ((SYSCFG->CFGR2 & SYSCFG_CFGR2_SRAM_PE) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* SYSCFG_Flag is set */
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* SYSCFG_Flag is reset */
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ /* Return the SYSCFG_Flag status */
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the selected SYSCFG flag.
+ * @param SYSCFG_Flag: selects the flag to be cleared.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSCFG_FLAG_PE: SRAM parity error flag.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SYSCFG_ClearFlag(uint32_t SYSCFG_Flag)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_FLAG(SYSCFG_Flag));
+
+ SYSCFG->CFGR2 |= (uint32_t) SYSCFG_Flag;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_tim.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_tim.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..149ab026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_tim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4006 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x_tim.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.3
+ * @date 10-July-2015
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the TIM peripheral:
+ * + TimeBase management
+ * + Output Compare management
+ * + Input Capture management
+ * + Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
+ * + Interrupts, DMA and flags management
+ * + Clocks management
+ * + Synchronization management
+ * + Specific interface management
+ * + Specific remapping management
+ *
+ @verbatim
+
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM
+ of all stm32f30x devices.
+ These functions are split in 9 groups:
+
+ (#) TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions
+ to configure the TM Timebase unit:
+ (++) Set/Get Prescaler
+ (++) Set/Get Autoreload
+ (++) Counter modes configuration
+ (++) Set Clock division
+ (++) Select the One Pulse mode
+ (++) Update Request Configuration
+ (++) Update Disable Configuration
+ (++) Auto-Preload Configuration
+ (++) Enable/Disable the counter
+
+ (#) TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed
+ functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output
+ compare mode:
+ (++) Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode
+ (++) Select the output compare modes
+ (++) Select the Polarities of each channel
+ (++) Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values
+ (++) Select the Output Compare Fast mode
+ (++) Select the Output Compare Forced mode
+ (++) Output Compare-Preload Configuration
+ (++) Clear Output Compare Reference
+ (++) Select the OCREF Clear signal
+ (++) Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels
+
+ (#) TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed
+ functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in
+ Input Capture mode:
+ (++) Configure each channel in input capture mode
+ (++) Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode
+ (++) Set the Input Capture Prescaler
+ (++) Get the Capture/Compare values
+
+ (#) Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
+ (++) Configures the Break input, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI,
+ the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable)
+ (++) Enable/Disable the TIM peripheral Main Outputs
+ (++) Select the Commutation event
+ (++) Set/Reset the Capture Compare Preload Control bit
+
+ (#) TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management
+ (++) Enable/Disable interrupt sources
+ (++) Get flags status
+ (++) Clear flags/ Pending bits
+ (++) Enable/Disable DMA requests
+ (++) Configure DMA burst mode
+ (++) Select CaptureCompare DMA request
+
+ (#) TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions
+ to configure the clock controller unit:
+ (++) Select internal/External clock
+ (++) Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx
+
+ (#) TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed
+ functions to configure the Synchronization unit:
+ (++) Select Input Trigger
+ (++) Select Output Trigger
+ (++) Select Master Slave Mode
+ (++) ETR Configuration when used as external trigger
+
+ (#) TIM specific interface management, this group includes all
+ needed functions to use the specific TIM interface:
+ (++) Encoder Interface Configuration
+ (++) Select Hall Sensor
+
+ (#) TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping
+ configuration of specific timers
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_tim.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM
+ * @brief TIM driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */
+#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF)
+#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018)
+#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001)
+#define CCER_CCNE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0004)
+#define CCMR_OC13M_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFEFF8F)
+#define CCMR_OC24M_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFEFF8FFF)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions
+ * @brief TimeBase management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### TimeBase management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode ***
+ ============================================================
+ [..]
+ To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory:
+
+ (#) Enable TIM clock using
+ RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function
+ (#) Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters.
+ (#) Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure
+ the Time Base unit
+ with the corresponding configuration
+ (#) Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt.
+ (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update)
+ (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
+ [..]
+ (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
+ a specific feature of the Timer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16,17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+
+ */
+void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ if (TIMx == TIM1)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM2)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM3)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM4)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM6)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM7)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM8)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM15)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM16)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (TIMx == TIM17)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (TIMx == TIM20)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM20, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM20, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to
+ * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision));
+
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM2) ||
+ (TIMx == TIM3) || (TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM20))
+ {
+ /* Select the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS));
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode;
+ }
+
+ if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7))
+ {
+ /* Set the clock division */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD);
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision;
+ }
+
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload value */
+ TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ;
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler;
+
+ if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15) ||
+ (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17)|| (TIMx == TIM20))
+ {
+ /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+ TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter;
+ }
+
+ /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
+ and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediately */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up;
+ TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value
+ * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event.
+ * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediately.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode));
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = Prescaler;
+ /* Set or reset the UG Bit */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2
+ * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode));
+
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+ /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */
+ tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
+
+ /* Set the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Counter Register value */
+ TIMx->CNT = Counter;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload Register value */
+ TIMx->ARR = Autoreload;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Counter Register value
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Counter Register value */
+ return TIMx->CNT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Prescaler Register value.
+ */
+uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Prescaler Register value */
+ return TIMx->PSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the Update Disable Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UDIS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter
+ * overflow/underflow or the setting of UG bit, or an update
+ * generation through the slave mode controller.
+ * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource));
+
+ if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global)
+ {
+ /* Set the URS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the URS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_URS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets or resets the update interrupt flag (UIF)status bit Remapping.
+ * when sets, reading TIMx_CNT register returns UIF bit instead of CNT[31]
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the UIFREMAP bit.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_UIFRemap(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UIFREMAP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UIFREMAP;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_ARPE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 ,7 ,8, 15, 16, 17 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single
+ * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode));
+
+ /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_OPM;
+
+ /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16 or 17, to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following value:
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim
+ * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD));
+
+ /* Reset the CKD Bits */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD);
+
+ /* Set the CKD value */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 17 and 20 to select
+ * the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Counter */
+ TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_CEN;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions
+ * @brief Output Compare management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Output Compare management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode ***
+ ========================================================
+ [..]
+ To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory:
+
+ (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function
+
+ (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins
+
+ (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver,
+ if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration:
+ (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF
+ (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000
+ (++) Counter mode = Up counting
+ (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1
+ (#) Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including:
+ (++) The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode
+ (++) TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState
+ (++) TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse
+ (++) TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity
+
+ (#) Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the
+ corresponding configuration
+
+ (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
+ [..]
+ (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
+ a specific feature of the Timer.
+
+ (@) In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory:
+ TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE);
+
+ (@) If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should:
+ (#@) Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests).
+ (#@) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function
+ TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx))
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified parameters in
+ * the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17, to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity;
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState;
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM15) || (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity;
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
+
+ /* Set the Output N State */
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState;
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState;
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState;
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
+
+ /* Set the Output N State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4);
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
+
+ /* Set the Output N State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8);
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
+ tmpcr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel5 according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC5Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 5: Reset the CC5E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5E; /* to be verified*/
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR3 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5M;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 16);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 16);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS5;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 16);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR5 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel6 according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC6Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 5: Reset the CC5E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6E; /* to be verified*/
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR3 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6M;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 20);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 20);
+
+ if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &=(uint32_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS6;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 18);
+ }
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR6 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 1,
+ OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIMx peripheral
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectGC5C1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the GC5C1 Bit */
+ TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the GC5C1 Bit */
+ TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C1;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 2,
+ OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIMx peripheral
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectGC5C2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the GC5C2 Bit */
+ TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the GC5C2 Bit */
+ TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C2;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM Group Channel 5 and Channel 3,
+ OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIMx peripheral
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectGC5C3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the GC5C3 Bit */
+ TIMx->CCR5 |= TIM_CCR5_GC5C3;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the GC5C3 Bit */
+ TIMx->CCR5 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCR5_GC5C3;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x00000000;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset;
+ TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+ * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output
+ * Compare Mode. If needed, user has to enable this channel using
+ * TIM_CCxCmd() and TIM_CCxNCmd() functions.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM1
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Retrigerrable_OPM2
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM1
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Combined_PWM2
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM1
+ * @arg TIM_OCMode_Asymmetric_PWM2
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint32_t TIM_OCMode)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+ uint16_t tmp1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx;
+ tmp += CCMR_OFFSET;
+
+ tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1;
+
+ if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3))
+ {
+ tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1);
+
+ /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC13M_MASK;
+
+ /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp += (uint32_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint32_t)4)>> (uint32_t)1;
+
+ /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC24M_MASK;
+
+ /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare5 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare5: specifies the Capture Compare5 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare5(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare5)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare5 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR5 = Compare5;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare6 Register value
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Compare6: specifies the Capture Compare5 register new value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetCompare6(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare6)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare6 Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR6 = Compare6;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
+
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
+
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC1M Bits */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
+
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC2M Bits */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
+
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 5 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC5REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC5REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC5Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the OC5M Bits */
+ tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5M;
+
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ForcedAction);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Forces the TIMx output 6 waveform to active or inactive level.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC5REF
+ * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC5REF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ForcedOC6Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
+ tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the OC6M Bits */
+ tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6M;
+
+ /* Configure The Forced output Mode */
+ tmpccmr3 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR5.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC5PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the OC5PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR3_OC5PE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCPreload);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR6.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC6PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
+
+ tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the OC5PE Bit */
+ tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR3_OC6PE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
+ tmpccmr3 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPreload << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCFast << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE);
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCFast << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCClear << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCClear << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF5 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC5Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the OC5CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr3 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_OCClear);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF6 signal on an external event
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
+ * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearOC6Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr3 = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
+
+ tmpccmr3 = TIMx->CCMR3;
+
+ /* Reset the OC5CE Bit */
+ tmpccmr3 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE;
+
+ /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
+ tmpccmr3 |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCClear << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 register */
+ TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmr3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the OCReference Clear source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCReferenceClear: specifies the OCReference Clear source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_ETRF: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to ETRF.
+ * @arg TIM_OCReferenceClear_OCREFCLR: The internal OCreference clear input is connected to OCREF_CLR input.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOCREFClear(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCReferenceClear)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(TIM_OCREFERENCECECLEAR_SOURCE(TIM_OCReferenceClear));
+
+ /* Set the TIM_OCReferenceClear source */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_OCReferenceClear;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC1P);
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
+ tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+ tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
+ tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
+ tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
+ tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
+ tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 5 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC5 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC5PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC5P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC5P;
+ tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 16);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 6 polarity.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC6 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
+ * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC6PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
+
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the CC6P Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P;
+ tmpccer |= ((uint32_t)TIM_OCPolarity << 20);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER register */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_5: TIM Channel 5
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_6: TIM Channel 6
+ * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)CCER_CCE_SET << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)(~tmp);
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= ((uint32_t)TIM_CCx << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)CCER_CCNE_SET << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel;
+
+ /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t) ~tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= ((uint32_t)TIM_CCxN << (uint32_t)TIM_Channel);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions
+ * @brief Input Capture management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Input Capture management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode ***
+ =======================================================
+ [..]
+ To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory:
+
+ (#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function
+
+ (#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins
+
+ (#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver,
+ if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration:
+ (++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF
+ (++) Prescaler value = 0x0000
+ (++) Counter mode = Up counting
+ (++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1
+
+ (#) Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including:
+ (++) TIM Channel: TIM_Channel
+ (++) TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity
+ (++) TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection
+ (++) TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler
+ (++) TIM Input CApture filter value: TIM_ICFilter
+
+ (#) Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the
+ corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency or duty cycle of the input signal,
+ or,
+ Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channels with the
+ corresponding configuration and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal
+
+ (#) Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency.
+
+ (#) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured value,
+ using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx))
+
+ (#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
+
+ (#) Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value.
+ [..]
+ (@) All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
+ a specific feature of the Timer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TIM_ICInitStruct.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter));
+
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+ {
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2)
+ {
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)
+ {
+ /* TI3 Configuration */
+ TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TI4 Configuration */
+ TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will
+ * be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising)
+ {
+ icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
+ }
+ /* Select the Opposite Input */
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI)
+ {
+ icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
+ }
+ if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
+ {
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
+ /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
+ TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR3;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value.
+ */
+uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */
+ return TIMx->CCR4;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
+ * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
+
+ /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
+ * @brief Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use the Break feature ***
+ ================================================
+ [..]
+ After configuring the Timer channel(s) in the appropriate Output Compare mode:
+
+ (#) Fill the TIM_BDTRInitStruct with the desired parameters for the Timer
+ Break Polarity, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI/OSSR State and the
+ AOE(automatic output enable).
+
+ (#) Call TIM_BDTRConfig(TIMx, &TIM_BDTRInitStruct) to configure the Timer
+
+ (#) Enable the Main Output using TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM1, ENABLE)
+
+ (#) Once the break even occurs, the Timer's output signals are put in reset
+ state or in a known state (according to the configuration made in
+ TIM_BDTRConfig() function).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State
+ * and the AOE(automatic output enable).
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM
+ * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput));
+
+ /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
+ the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+ TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState |
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime |
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity |
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Break1 feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM
+ * @param TIM_Break1Polarity: specifies the Break1 polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Break1Polarity_Low: Break1 input is active low
+ * @arg TIM_Break1Polarity_High: Break1 input is active high
+ * @param TIM_Break1Filter: specifies the Break1 filter value.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Break1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break1Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break1Filter)
+{ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK1_FILTER(TIM_Break1Filter));
+
+ /* Reset the BKP and BKF Bits */
+ TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~ (TIM_BDTR_BKP | TIM_BDTR_BKF);
+ /* Configure the Break1 polarity and filter */
+ TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_Break1Polarity |((uint32_t)TIM_Break1Filter << 16);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Break2 feature.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM
+ * @param TIM_Break2Polarity: specifies the Break2 polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_Break2Polarity_Low: Break2 input is active low
+ * @arg TIM_Break2Polarity_High: Break2 input is active high
+ * @param TIM_Break2Filter: specifies the Break2 filter value.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Break2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_Break2Polarity, uint8_t TIM_Break2Filter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER(TIM_Break2Filter));
+
+ /* Reset the BKP and BKF Bits */
+ TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~ (TIM_BDTR_BK2P | TIM_BDTR_BK2F);
+
+ /* Configure the Break1 polarity and filter */
+ TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_Break2Polarity |((uint32_t)TIM_Break2Filter << 20);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Break1 input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 20, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIM Break1 input.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Break1Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Break1 */
+ TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_BKE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Break1 */
+ TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_BDTR_BKE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Break2 input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIM Break2 input.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Break2Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Break1 */
+ TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_BK2E;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Break1 */
+ TIMx->BDTR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_BDTR_BK2E;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which
+ * will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Main Output */
+ TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Main Output */
+ TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_BDTR_MOE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the COM Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the COM Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIMx peripheral
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the CCPC Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the CCPC Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+ *
+ * @note For TIM6 and TIM7 only the parameter TIM_IT_Update can be used
+ * @note For TIM9 and TIM12 only one of the following parameters can be used: TIM_IT_Update,
+ * TIM_IT_CC1, TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger.
+ * @note For TIM10, TIM11, TIM13 and TIM14 only one of the following parameters can
+ * be used: TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1
+ * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break can be used only with TIM1 and TIM8
+ *
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Interrupt sources */
+ TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Interrupt sources */
+ TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source.
+ * This parameter can be one or more of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source
+ *
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event.
+ * @note TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource));
+
+ /* Set the event sources */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC5: TIM Capture Compare 5 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC6: TIM Capture Compare 6 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag
+ *
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
+ * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
+ *
+ * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_FLAG)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
+
+
+ if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC5: TIM Capture Compare 5 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC6: TIM Capture Compare 6 Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag
+ * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag
+ *
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
+ * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Clear the flags */
+ TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+ *
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+ * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
+ *
+ * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT));
+
+ itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT;
+
+ itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT;
+ if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
+ *
+ * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
+ * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Clear the IT pending Bit */
+ TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER
+ * @arg TIM1_DMABase_SR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_RCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_BDTR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR
+ * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between: TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength));
+
+ /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */
+ TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DMA sources */
+ TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA sources */
+ TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 15, 16, 20 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the CCDS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the CCDS Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCDS;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Clocks management functions
+ * @brief Clocks management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Clocks management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+
+ /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+
+ /* Select the Internal Trigger */
+ TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15
+ * to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+ * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @param ICFilter: specifies the filter value.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */
+ if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2)
+ {
+ TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
+ }
+ /* Select the Trigger source */
+ TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource);
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 */
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
+
+ /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
+
+ /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Synchronization management functions
+ * @brief Synchronization management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Synchronization management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode ***
+ =========================================================
+ [..] Case of two/several Timers
+
+ (#) Configure the Master Timers using the following functions:
+ (++) void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource);
+ (++) void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode);
+ (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions:
+ (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+ (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
+
+ [..] Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin)
+
+ (#) Configure the External trigger using this function:
+ (++) void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
+ uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
+ (#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions:
+ (++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
+ (++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15
+ * to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the TS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+
+ /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ *
+ * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ *
+ * - For all TIMx
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO)
+ *
+ * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag
+ * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource));
+
+ /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+ /* Select the TRGO source */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode2 (TRGO2).
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 or 20 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ *
+ * @param TIM_TRGO2Source: specifies the Trigger Output source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ *
+ * - For all TIMx
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag
+ * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4Ref_RisingFalling: OC4Ref Rising and Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC6Ref_RisingFalling: OC6Ref Rising and Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefRising: OC4Ref Rising and OC6Ref Rising are used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC4RefRising_OC6RefFalling: OC4Ref Rising and OC6Ref Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefRising: OC5Ref Rising and OC6Ref Rising are used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ * @arg TIM_TRGO2Source_OC5RefRising_OC6RefFalling: OC5Ref Rising and OC6Ref Falling are used as the trigger output(TRGO2)
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_TRGO2Source)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(TIM_TRGO2Source));
+
+ /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS2;
+ /* Select the TRGO source */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO2Source;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal(TRGI) reinitialize
+ * the counter and triggers an update of the registers
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter
+ * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Combined_ResetTrigger: Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI)
+ * reinitializes the counter, generates an update
+ * of the registers and starts the counter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_SlaveMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode));
+
+ /* Reset the SMS Bits */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint32_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+
+ /* Select the Slave Mode */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= (uint32_t)TIM_SlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer
+ * and its slaves (through TRGO)
+ * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode));
+
+ /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+ TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
+
+ /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */
+ TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
+
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK;
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+ tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8)));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific interface management functions
+ * @brief Specific interface management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Specific interface management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 20 or 8 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level.
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level.
+ * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending
+ * on the level of the other input.
+ * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
+ uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
+ uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
+ uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set the encoder Mode */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode;
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0;
+
+ /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+ tmpccer &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 20 or 15 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set the TI1S Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset the TI1S Bit */
+ TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Group9 Specific remapping management function
+ * @brief Specific remapping management function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Specific remapping management function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM16 Remapping input Capabilities.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 20 or 16 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM16_GPIO: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to GPIO.
+ * @arg TIM16_RTC_CLK: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to RTC input clock.
+ * @arg TIM16_HSE_DIV32: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to HSE/32 clock.
+ * @arg TIM16_MCO: TIM16 Channel 1 is connected to MCO clock.
+ * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG1: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG1.
+ * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG2: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG2.
+ * @arg TIM1_ADC1_AWDG3: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC1 AWDG3.
+ * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG1: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG1.
+ * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG2: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG2.
+ * @arg TIM1_ADC4_AWDG3: TIM1 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG3.
+ * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG1: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG1.
+ * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG2: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG2.
+ * @arg TIM8_ADC2_AWDG3: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC2 AWDG3.
+ * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG1: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG1.
+ * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG2: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG2.
+ * @arg TIM8_ADC4_AWDG3: TIM8 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG3.
+ * @arg TIM20_ADC3_AWDG1: TIM20 ETR is connected to ADC3 AWDG1.
+ * @arg TIM20_ADC3_AWDG2: TIM20 ETR is connected to ADC3 AWDG2.
+ * @arg TIM20_ADC3_AWDG3: TIM20 ETR is connected to ADC3 AWDG3.
+ * @arg TIM20_ADC4_AWDG1: TIM20 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG1.
+ * @arg TIM20_ADC4_AWDG2: TIM20 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG2.
+ * @arg TIM20_ADC4_AWDG3: TIM20 ETR is connected to ADC4 AWDG3.
+ * @retval : None
+ */
+void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap));
+
+ /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */
+ TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14
+ * to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICFilter << 4));
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint32_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
+ * peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4);
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint32_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8);
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
+ * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12);
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
+ tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_usart.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_usart.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51eff9ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_usart.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2084 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x_usart.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.3
+ * @date 10-July-2015
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver
+ * transmitter (USART):
+ * + Initialization and Configuration
+ * + STOP Mode
+ * + AutoBaudRate
+ * + Data transfers
+ * + Multi-Processor Communication
+ * + LIN mode
+ * + Half-duplex mode
+ * + Smartcard mode
+ * + IrDA mode
+ * + RS485 mode
+ * + DMA transfers management
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE)
+ function for USART1 or using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE)
+ function for USART2, USART3, UART4 and UART5.
+ (#) According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using
+ RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS,
+ or and SCLK).
+ (#) Peripheral's alternate function:
+ (++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
+ Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+ (++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by:
+ GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF.
+ (++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
+ GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members.
+ (++) Call GPIO_Init() function.
+ (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
+ flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the SPI_Init()
+ function.
+ (#) For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity,
+ phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function
+ USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode.
+ (#) When using the DMA mode:
+ (++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function.
+ (++) Activate the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode.
+ [..]
+ Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections
+ for more details.
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART
+ * @brief USART driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFE6F3)) */
+#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \
+ USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \
+ USART_CR1_RE))
+
+/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFF0FF)) */
+#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \
+ USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL))
+
+/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFF)) */
+#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE))
+
+/*!< USART Interrupts mask */
+#define IT_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART
+ in asynchronous and in synchronous modes.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate.
+ (++) Word Length.
+ (++) Stop Bit.
+ (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits),
+ the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table:
+ [..]
+ +-------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame |
+ |---------------------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-------------------------------------------------------------+
+ [..]
+ (++) Hardware flow control.
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes.
+ [..] The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration
+ procedure(details for the procedure are available in reference manual.
+ (+) For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters
+ these parameters should be also configured:
+ (++) USART Clock Enabled.
+ (++) USART polarity.
+ (++) USART phase.
+ (++) USART LastBit.
+ [..] These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ if (USARTx == USART1)
+ {
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART2)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART3)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == UART4)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (USARTx == UART5)
+ {
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the USART_InitStruct .
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t divider = 0, apbclock = 0, tmpreg = 0;
+ RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl));
+
+ /* Disable USART */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+ /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP);
+
+ /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/
+ /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits;
+
+ /* Write to USART CR2 */
+ USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR1;
+ /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK);
+
+ /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */
+ /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */
+ /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */
+ /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity |
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode;
+
+ /* Write to USART CR1 */
+ USARTx->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR3;
+ /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK);
+
+ /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */
+ tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl;
+
+ /* Write to USART CR3 */
+ USARTx->CR3 = tmpreg;
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus);
+
+ if (USARTx == USART1)
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART1CLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART2)
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART2CLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == USART3)
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.USART3CLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else if (USARTx == UART4)
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.UART4CLK_Frequency;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.UART5CLK_Frequency;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine the integer part */
+ if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0)
+ {
+ /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */
+ divider = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((2 * apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));
+ }
+ else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */
+ {
+ /* (divider * 10) computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */
+ divider = (uint32_t)((apbclock) / (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)((apbclock) % (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate));
+ }
+
+ /* round the divider : if fractional part i greater than 0.5 increment divider */
+ if (tmpreg >= (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate) / 2)
+ {
+ divider++;
+ }
+
+ /* Implement the divider in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */
+ if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0)
+ {
+ /* get the LSB of divider and shift it to the right by 1 bit */
+ tmpreg = (divider & (uint16_t)0x000F) >> 1;
+
+ /* update the divider value */
+ divider = (divider & (uint16_t)0xFFF0) | tmpreg;
+ }
+
+ /* Write to USART BRR */
+ USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)divider;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure
+ * which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* USART_InitStruct members default value */
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
+ USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the
+ * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+ * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified
+ * USART peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit));
+/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = USARTx->CR2;
+ /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA, LBCL and SSM bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK);
+ /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA, LastBit and SSM ------------*/
+ /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */
+ /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */
+ /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */
+ /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL |
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit);
+ /* Write to USART CR2 */
+ USARTx->CR2 = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value.
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef
+ * structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's transmitter or receiver.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Direction: specifies the USART direction.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_Mode_Tx: USART Transmitter
+ * @arg USART_Mode_Rx: USART Receiver
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART transfer direction.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DirectionModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DirectionMode, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_DirectionMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the USART's transfer interface by setting the TE and/or RE bits
+ in the USART CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_DirectionMode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART's transfer interface by clearing the TE and/or RE bits
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DirectionMode;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Init()
+ * function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_OVER8);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBIT bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBIT bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's most significant bit first
+ * transmitted/received following the start bit.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART most significant bit first
+ * transmitted/received following the start bit.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_MSBFirstCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the
+ start bit by setting the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_MSBFIRST;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the most significant bit first transmitted/received following the
+ start bit by clearing the MSBFIRST bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_MSBFIRST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the binary data inversion.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new defined levels for the USART data.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @arg ENABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative
+ * logic. (1=L, 0=H). The parity bit is also inverted.
+ * @arg DISABLE: Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive
+ * logic. (1=H, 0=L)
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DataInvCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the binary data inversion feature by setting the DATAINV bit in
+ the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_DATAINV;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the binary data inversion feature by clearing the DATAINV bit in
+ the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_DATAINV);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Pin(s) active level inversion.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_InvPin: specifies the USART pin(s) to invert.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_InvPin_Tx: USART Tx pin active level inversion.
+ * @arg USART_InvPin_Rx: USART Rx pin active level inversion.
+ * @param NewState: new active level status for the USART pin(s).
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * - ENABLE: pin(s) signal values are inverted (Vdd =0, Gnd =1).
+ * - DISABLE: pin(s) signal works using the standard logic levels (Vdd =1, Gnd =0).
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_InvPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_InvPin, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_INVERSTION_PIN(USART_InvPin));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the active level inversion for selected pins by setting the TXINV
+ and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_InvPin;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the active level inversion for selected requests by clearing the
+ TXINV and/or RXINV bits in the USART CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~USART_InvPin;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the swap Tx/Rx pins.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx TX/RX pins pinout.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @arg ENABLE: The TX and RX pins functions are swapped.
+ * @arg DISABLE: TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SWAPPinCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the SWAP feature by setting the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_SWAP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the SWAP feature by clearing the SWAP bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_SWAP);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the receiver Time Out feature.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx receiver Time Out.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ReceiverTimeOutCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the receiver time out feature by setting the RTOEN bit in the CR2
+ register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_RTOEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the receiver time out feature by clearing the RTOEN bit in the CR2
+ register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the receiver Time Out value.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_ReceiverTimeOut: specifies the Receiver Time Out value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetReceiverTimeOut(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_ReceiverTimeOut)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_TIMEOUT(USART_ReceiverTimeOut));
+
+ /* Clear the receiver Time Out value by clearing the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR
+ register */
+ USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_RTO);
+ /* Set the receiver Time Out value by setting the RTO[23:0] bits in the RTOR
+ register */
+ USARTx->RTOR |= USART_ReceiverTimeOut;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the USART prescaler */
+ USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT;
+ /* Set the USART prescaler */
+ USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group2 STOP Mode functions
+ * @brief STOP Mode functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### STOP Mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage
+ WakeUp from STOP mode.
+
+ [..] The USART is able to WakeUp from Stop Mode if USART clock is set to HSI
+ or LSI.
+
+ [..] The WakeUp source is configured by calling USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig()
+ function.
+
+ [..] After configuring the source of WakeUp and before entering in Stop Mode
+ USART_STOPModeCmd() function should be called to allow USART WakeUp.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral in STOP Mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral state in stop mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called when USART clock is set to HSI or LSE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_STOPModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected USART in STOP mode by setting the UESM bit in the CR1
+ register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UESM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected USART in STOP mode by clearing the UE bit in the CR1
+ register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_UESM);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method form stop mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the selected USART wakeup method.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_AddressMatch: WUF active on address match.
+ * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_StartBit: WUF active on Start bit detection.
+ * @arg USART_WakeUpSource_RXNE: WUF active on RXNE.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUpSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_STOPMODE_WAKEUPSOURCE(USART_WakeUpSource));
+
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_WUS);
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_WakeUpSource;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group3 AutoBaudRate functions
+ * @brief AutoBaudRate functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### AutoBaudRate functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage
+ the AutoBaudRate detections.
+
+ [..] Before Enabling AutoBaudRate detection using USART_AutoBaudRateCmd ()
+ The character patterns used to calculate baudrate must be chosen by calling
+ USART_AutoBaudRateConfig() function. These function take as parameter :
+ (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit : any character starting with a bit 1.
+ (#)USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge : any character starting with a 10xx bit pattern.
+
+ [..] At any later time, another request for AutoBaudRate detection can be performed
+ using USART_RequestCmd() function.
+
+ [..] The AutoBaudRate detection is monitored by the status of ABRF flag which indicate
+ that the AutoBaudRate detection is completed. In addition to ABRF flag, the ABRE flag
+ indicate that this procedure is completed without success. USART_GetFlagStatus ()
+ function should be used to monitor the status of these flags.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the Auto Baud Rate.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx auto baud rate.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_AutoBaudRateCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the auto baud rate feature by setting the ABREN bit in the CR2
+ register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_ABREN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the auto baud rate feature by clearing the ABREN bit in the CR2
+ register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABREN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the USART auto baud rate method.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_AutoBaudRate: specifies the selected USART auto baud rate method.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_StartBit: Start Bit duration measurement.
+ * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_FallingEdge: Falling edge to falling edge measurement.
+ * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_0x7FFrame: 0x7F frame.
+ * @arg USART_AutoBaudRate_0x55Frame: 0x55 frame.
+ * @note
+ * This function has to be called before calling USART_Cmd() function.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_AutoBaudRateConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AutoBaudRate)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_MODE(USART_AutoBaudRate));
+
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ABRMODE);
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AutoBaudRate;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group4 Data transfers functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Data transfers functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage
+ the USART data transfers.
+ [..] During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first
+ through the RX pin. When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to
+ the USART_TDR register stores the data in the shift register.
+ [..] The read access of the USART_RDR register can be done using
+ the USART_ReceiveData() function and returns the RDR value.
+ Whereas a write access to the USART_TDR can be done using USART_SendData()
+ function and stores the written data into TDR.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param Data: the data to transmit.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data));
+
+ /* Transmit Data */
+ USARTx->TDR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @retval The received data.
+ */
+uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Receive Data */
+ return (uint16_t)(USARTx->RDR & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group5 MultiProcessor Communication functions
+ * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Multi-Processor Communication functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ multiprocessor communication.
+ [..] For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is
+ connected to the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves,
+ their respective TX outputs are logically ANDed together and connected
+ to the RX input of the master. USART multiprocessor communication is
+ possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity,
+ Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values
+ using the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function.
+ (#) Configures the wake up methode (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or
+ USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only
+ for the slaves.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd()
+ function.
+ [..] The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the address of the USART node.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the USART address */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADD);
+ /* Set the USART address node */
+ USARTx->CR2 |=((uint32_t)USART_Address << (uint32_t)0x18);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's mute mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_MuteModeCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_MME;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_MME);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method from mute mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection
+ * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_MuteModeWakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_WakeUp)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_MUTEMODE_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp));
+
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_WAKE);
+ USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the USART Address detection length.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_AddressLength: specifies the USART address length detection.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_AddressLength_4b: 4-bit address length detection
+ * @arg USART_AddressLength_7b: 7-bit address length detection
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_AddressDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_AddressLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS_DETECTION(USART_AddressLength));
+
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_ADDM7);
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_AddressLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group6 LIN mode functions
+ * @brief LIN mode functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### LIN mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ LIN Mode communication.
+ [..] In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance
+ with the LIN standard.
+ [..] Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP:
+ (+) LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break
+ detection capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break
+ detection.
+ [..] USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the
+ following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity,
+ Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values
+ using the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ (#) Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function.
+ [..] USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the
+ following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity,
+ Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values
+ using the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Configures the break detection length
+ using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ [..]
+ (@) In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection
+ * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength));
+
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LBDL);
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ USARTx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_LINEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group7 Halfduplex mode function
+ * @brief Half-duplex mode function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Half-duplex mode function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ Half-duplex communication.
+ [..] The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol
+ where the TX and RX lines are internally connected.
+ [..] USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter
+ or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init()
+ function.
+ (#) Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function.
+ (#) Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ [..]
+ (@) The RX pin is no longer used.
+ (@) In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group8 Smartcard mode functions
+ * @brief Smartcard mode functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Smartcard mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ Smartcard communication.
+ [..] The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol
+ Smartcards as defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART can provide
+ a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. In smartcard mode,
+ SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived from
+ the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler.
+ [..] Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Configures the Smartcard Prescaler using the USART_SetPrescaler()
+ function.
+ (#) Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime()
+ function.
+ (#) Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following:
+ (++) USART Clock enabled.
+ (++) USART CPOL Low.
+ (++) USART CPHA on first edge.
+ (++) USART Last Bit Clock Enabled.
+ (#) Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as
+ following:
+ (++) Word Length = 9 Bits.
+ (++) 1.5 Stop Bit.
+ (++) Even parity.
+ (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud.
+ (++) Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals).
+ (++) Tx and Rx enabled
+ (#) Optionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using
+ the USART_ITConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ [..]
+ Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details.
+ [..]
+ (@) It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is
+ recommended to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving
+ to avoid switching between the two configurations.
+ (@) In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the USART Guard time */
+ USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC;
+ /* Set the USART guard time */
+ USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCEN);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_NACK);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the Smart Card number of retries in transmit and receive.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param USART_AutoCount: specifies the Smart Card auto retry count.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetAutoRetryCount(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_AutoCount)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_AUTO_RETRY_COUNTER(USART_AutoCount));
+ /* Clear the USART auto retry count */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_SCARCNT);
+ /* Set the USART auto retry count*/
+ USARTx->CR3 |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_AutoCount << 0x11);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the Smart Card Block length.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3.
+ * @param USART_BlockLength: specifies the Smart Card block length.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetBlockLength(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_BlockLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx));
+
+ /* Clear the Smart card block length */
+ USARTx->RTOR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_RTOR_BLEN);
+ /* Set the Smart Card block length */
+ USARTx->RTOR |= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)USART_BlockLength << 0x18);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group9 IrDA mode functions
+ * @brief IrDA mode functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IrDA mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ IrDA communication.
+ [..] IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy,
+ any data on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder
+ and if the Receiver is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will
+ not be encoded by IrDA. While receiving data, transmission should be
+ avoided as the data to be transmitted could be corrupted.
+ [..] IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity,
+ Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using
+ the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using
+ the USART_SetPrescaler() function.
+ (#) Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal
+ mode using the USART_IrDAConfig() function.
+ (#) Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ [..]
+ (@) A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or
+ may not be rejected.
+ (@) The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical
+ layer specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between
+ transmission and reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol).
+ (@) In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ (+@) LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register.
+ (+@) SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower
+ * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IrDAMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode));
+
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IRLP);
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_IREN);
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group10 RS485 mode function
+ * @brief RS485 mode function
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RS485 mode functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART
+ RS485 flow control.
+ [..] RS485 flow control (Driver enable feature) handling is possible through
+ the following procedure:
+ (#) Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity,
+ Transmitter/Receiver modes and hardware flow control values using
+ the USART_Init() function.
+ (#) Enable the Driver Enable using the USART_DECmd() function.
+ (#) Configures the Driver Enable polarity using the USART_DEPolarityConfig()
+ function.
+ (#) Configures the Driver Enable assertion time using USART_SetDEAssertionTime()
+ function and deassertion time using the USART_SetDEDeassertionTime()
+ function.
+ (#) Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function.
+ [..]
+ (@) The assertion and dessertion times are expressed in sample time units (1/8 or
+ 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DE functionality.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param NewState: new state of the driver enable mode.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DECmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DE functionality by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DEM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DE functionality by clearing the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEM);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the USART's DE polarity
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_DEPolarity: specifies the DE polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_DEPolarity_Low
+ * @arg USART_DEPolarity_High
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DEPolarityConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEPolarity)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DE_POLARITY(USART_DEPolarity));
+
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DEP);
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DEPolarity;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE assertion time
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_AssertionTime: specifies the time between the activation of the DE
+ * signal and the beginning of the start bit
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetDEAssertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEAssertionTime)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEAssertionTime));
+
+ /* Clear the DE assertion time */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEAT);
+ /* Set the new value for the DE assertion time */
+ USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEAssertionTime << (uint32_t)0x15);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the specified RS485 DE deassertion time
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_DeassertionTime: specifies the time between the middle of the last
+ * stop bit in a transmitted message and the de-activation of the DE signal
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_SetDEDeassertionTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DEDeassertionTime)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DE_ASSERTION_DEASSERTION_TIME(USART_DEDeassertionTime));
+
+ /* Clear the DE deassertion time */
+ USARTx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR1_DEDT);
+ /* Set the new value for the DE deassertion time */
+ USARTx->CR1 |=((uint32_t)USART_DEDeassertionTime << (uint32_t)0x10);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group11 DMA transfers management functions
+ * @brief DMA transfers management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### DMA transfers management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides two functions that can be used only in DMA mode.
+ [..] In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel
+ requests:
+ (#) USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ (#) USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following function:
+ (+) void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq,
+ FunctionalState NewState).
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4.
+ * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request
+ * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or
+ DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or
+ DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~USART_DMAReq;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface when reception error occurs.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4.
+ * @param USART_DMAOnError: specifies the DMA status in case of reception error.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Enable: DMA receive request enabled when the USART DMA
+ * reception error is asserted.
+ * @arg USART_DMAOnError_Disable: DMA receive request disabled when the USART DMA
+ * reception error is asserted.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_DMAReceptionErrorConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_DMAOnError)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_DMAONERROR(USART_DMAOnError));
+
+ /* Clear the DMA Reception error detection bit */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DDRE);
+ /* Set the new value for the DMA Reception error detection bit */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAOnError;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Group12 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the
+ USART Interrupts sources, Requests and check or clear the flags or pending bits status.
+ The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to
+ manage the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode.
+
+ *** Polling Mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..] In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by these flags:
+ (#) USART_FLAG_REACK: to indicate the status of the Receive Enable
+ acknowledge flag
+ (#) USART_FLAG_TEACK: to indicate the status of the Transmit Enable
+ acknowledge flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_WUF: to indicate the status of the Wake up flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_RWU: to indicate the status of the Receive Wake up flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_SBK: to indicate the status of the Send Break flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_CMF: to indicate the status of the Character match flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_BUSY: to indicate the status of the Busy flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_ABRF: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_ABRE: to indicate the status of the Auto baud rate error flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_EOBF: to indicate the status of the End of block flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_RTOF: to indicate the status of the Receive time out flag.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_nCTSS: to indicate the status of the Inverted nCTS input
+ bit status.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_TXE: to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_RXNE: to indicate the status of the receive buffer register.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_TC: to indicate the status of the transmit operation.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_IDLE: to indicate the status of the Idle Line.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_CTS: to indicate the status of the nCTS input.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_LBD: to indicate the status of the LIN break detection.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_NE: to indicate if a noise error occur.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_FE: to indicate if a frame error occur.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_PE: to indicate if a parity error occur.
+ (#) USART_FLAG_ORE: to indicate if an Overrun error occur.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG).
+ (+) void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG).
+
+ *** Interrupt Mode ***
+ ======================
+ [..] In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt
+ sources and 10 pending bits:
+ (+) Pending Bits:
+ (##) USART_IT_WU: to indicate the status of the Wake up interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_CM: to indicate the status of Character match interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_EOB: to indicate the status of End of block interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_RTO: to indicate the status of Receive time out interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_CTS: to indicate the status of CTS change interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_LBD: to indicate the status of LIN Break detection interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_TC: to indicate the status of Transmission complete interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_IDLE: to indicate the status of IDLE line detected interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_ORE: to indicate the status of OverRun Error interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_NE: to indicate the status of Noise Error interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_FE: to indicate the status of Framing Error interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_PE: to indicate the status of Parity Error interrupt.
+
+ (+) Interrupt Source:
+ (##) USART_IT_WU: specifies the interrupt source for Wake up interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_CM: specifies the interrupt source for Character match
+ interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_EOB: specifies the interrupt source for End of block
+ interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_RTO: specifies the interrupt source for Receive time-out
+ interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_CTS: specifies the interrupt source for CTS change interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_LBD: specifies the interrupt source for LIN Break
+ detection interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for Transmit Data
+ Register empty interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_TC: specifies the interrupt source for Transmission
+ complete interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_RXNE: specifies the interrupt source for Receive Data
+ register not empty interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_IDLE: specifies the interrupt source for Idle line
+ detection interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_PE: specifies the interrupt source for Parity Error interrupt.
+ (##) USART_IT_ERR: specifies the interrupt source for Error interrupt
+ (Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
+ -@@- Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt
+ source or as pending bits.
+ [..] In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions:
+ (+) void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState).
+ (+) ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT).
+ (+) void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
+ * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ uint32_t usartreg = 0, itpos = 0, itmask = 0;
+ uint32_t usartxbase = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx;
+
+ /* Get the USART register index */
+ usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08);
+
+ /* Get the interrupt position */
+ itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK;
+ itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos);
+
+ if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x04;
+ }
+ else if (usartreg == 0x03) /* The IT is in CR3 register */
+ {
+ usartxbase += 0x08;
+ }
+ else /* The IT is in CR1 register */
+ {
+ }
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the specified USART's Request.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_Request: specifies the USART request.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_Request_TXFRQ: Transmit data flush ReQuest
+ * @arg USART_Request_RXFRQ: Receive data flush ReQuest
+ * @arg USART_Request_MMRQ: Mute Mode ReQuest
+ * @arg USART_Request_SBKRQ: Send Break ReQuest
+ * @arg USART_Request_ABRRQ: Auto Baud Rate ReQuest
+ * @param NewState: new state of the DMA interface when reception error occurs.
+ * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_RequestCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_Request, FunctionalState NewState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_REQUEST(USART_Request));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
+
+ if (NewState != DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the USART ReQuest by setting the dedicated request bit in the RQR
+ register.*/
+ USARTx->RQR |= USART_Request;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART ReQuest by clearing the dedicated request bit in the RQR
+ register.*/
+ USARTx->RQR &= (uint32_t)~USART_Request;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Overrun detection.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_OVRDetection: specifies the OVR detection status in case of OVR error.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Enable: OVR error detection enabled when the USART OVR error
+ * is asserted.
+ * @arg USART_OVRDetection_Disable: OVR error detection disabled when the USART OVR error
+ * is asserted.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_OverrunDetectionConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_OVRDetection)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_OVRDETECTION(USART_OVRDetection));
+
+ /* Clear the OVR detection bit */
+ USARTx->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_OVRDIS);
+ /* Set the new value for the OVR detection bit */
+ USARTx->CR3 |= USART_OVRDetection;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_REACK: Receive Enable acknowledge flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TEACK: Transmit Enable acknowledge flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_WUF: Wake up flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RWU: Receive Wake up flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_SBK: Send Break flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CMF: Character match flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRF: Auto baud rate flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_ABRE: Auto baud rate error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_EOBF: End of block flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RTOF: Receive time out flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_nCTSS: Inverted nCTS input bit status.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag.
+ * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+
+ if ((USARTx->ISR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_WUF: Wake up flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CMF: Character match flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_EOBF: End of block flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_RTOF: Receive time out flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: IDLE line detected flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag.
+ * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Errorflag.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register USART_RQR
+ * (USART_RequestCmd()).
+ * - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
+ * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
+ * to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()).
+ * - TXE flag is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register
+ * (USART_SendData()) or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register USART_RQR
+ * (USART_RequestCmd()).
+ * - SBKF flag is cleared by 1 to the SBKRQ in the register USART_RQR
+ * (USART_RequestCmd()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_FLAG)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG));
+
+ USARTx->ICR = USART_FLAG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt.
+ * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET).
+ */
+ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0, usartreg = 0;
+ ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT));
+
+ /* Get the USART register index */
+ usartreg = (((uint16_t)USART_IT) >> 0x08);
+ /* Get the interrupt position */
+ itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK;
+ itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask;
+
+ if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR1;
+ }
+ else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR2;
+ }
+ else /* The IT is in CR3 register */
+ {
+ itmask &= USARTx->CR3;
+ }
+
+ bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10;
+ bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos;
+ bitpos &= USARTx->ISR;
+ if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET))
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits.
+ * @param USARTx: Select the USART peripheral. This parameter can be one of the
+ * following values: USART1 or USART2 or USART3 or UART4 or UART5.
+ * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg USART_IT_WU: Wake up interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_CM: Character match interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_EOB: End of block interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_RTO: Receive time out interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: IDLE line detected interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt.
+ * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt.
+ * @note
+ * - RXNE pending bit is cleared by a read to the USART_RDR register
+ * (USART_ReceiveData()) or by writing 1 to the RXFRQ in the register USART_RQR
+ * (USART_RequestCmd()).
+ * - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read
+ * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write
+ * operation to USART_TDR register (USART_SendData()).
+ * - TXE pending bit is cleared by a write to the USART_TDR register
+ * (USART_SendData()) or by writing 1 to the TXFRQ in the register USART_RQR
+ * (USART_RequestCmd()).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint32_t USART_IT)
+{
+ uint32_t bitpos = 0, itmask = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT));
+
+ bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x10;
+ itmask = ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint32_t)bitpos);
+ USARTx->ICR = (uint32_t)itmask;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ef8217c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/SPL/src/stm32f30x_wwdg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x_wwdg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.3
+ * @date 10-July-2015
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+ * + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration
+ * + WWDG activation
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ *
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### WWDG features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+ time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter)
+ before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+ value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
+ [..] An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+ before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
+ implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+
+ [..] Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+
+ [..] WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
+ reset occurs.
+
+ [..] The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
+ by a programmable prescaler.
+
+ [..] WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler.
+ [..] WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value).
+
+ [..] Min-max timeout value @36MHz (PCLK1): ~114us / ~58.3ms.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE)
+ function.
+
+ (#) Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function.
+
+ (#) Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function.
+
+ (#) Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function.
+ When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to
+ a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset.
+
+ (#) Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is
+ generated when the counter reach 0x40.
+ Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+
+ (#) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+ intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+ WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when
+ the counter value is lower than the refresh window value,
+ programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue().
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f30x_wwdg.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_StdPeriph_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG
+ * @brief WWDG driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ---------------------------- */
+/* CFR register bit mask */
+#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F)
+#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80)
+#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions
+ * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_DeInit(void)
+{
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE);
+ RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler.
+ * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4
+ * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler));
+ /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */
+ tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK;
+ /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */
+ tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler;
+ /* Store the new value */
+ WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the WWDG window value.
+ * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter.
+ * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue));
+ /* Clear W[6:0] bits */
+
+ tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK;
+
+ /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */
+ tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI).
+ * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_EnableIT(void)
+{
+ WWDG->CFR |= WWDG_CFR_EWI;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value.
+ * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating
+ * an immediate reset).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
+ /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do
+ a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */
+ WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions
+ * @brief WWDG activation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### WWDG activation function #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value.
+ * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
+ * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating
+ * an immediate reset).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
+ WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions
+ * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET).
+ */
+FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void)
+{
+ FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
+
+ if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void WWDG_ClearFlag(void)
+{
+ WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_common_tables.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_common_tables.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06a63487
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_common_tables.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+* Copyright (C) 2010-2014 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+*
+* $Date: 31. July 2014
+* $Revision: V1.4.4
+*
+* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
+* Title: arm_common_tables.h
+*
+* Description: This file has extern declaration for common tables like Bitreverse, reciprocal etc which are used across different functions
+*
+* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3
+*
+* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+* are met:
+* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+* the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+* distribution.
+* - Neither the name of ARM LIMITED nor the names of its contributors
+* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+* software without specific prior written permission.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+* COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+* BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+* ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#ifndef _ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H
+#define _ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H
+
+#include "arm_math.h"
+
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevTable[1024];
+extern const q15_t armRecipTableQ15[64];
+extern const q31_t armRecipTableQ31[64];
+//extern const q31_t realCoefAQ31[1024];
+//extern const q31_t realCoefBQ31[1024];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_16[32];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_32[64];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_64[128];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_128[256];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_256[512];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_512[1024];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_1024[2048];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_2048[4096];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_4096[8192];
+#define twiddleCoef twiddleCoef_4096
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_16_q31[24];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_32_q31[48];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_64_q31[96];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_128_q31[192];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_256_q31[384];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_512_q31[768];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_1024_q31[1536];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_2048_q31[3072];
+extern const q31_t twiddleCoef_4096_q31[6144];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_16_q15[24];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_32_q15[48];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_64_q15[96];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_128_q15[192];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_256_q15[384];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_512_q15[768];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_1024_q15[1536];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_2048_q15[3072];
+extern const q15_t twiddleCoef_4096_q15[6144];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_32[32];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_64[64];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_128[128];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_256[256];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_512[512];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_1024[1024];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_2048[2048];
+extern const float32_t twiddleCoef_rfft_4096[4096];
+
+
+/* floating-point bit reversal tables */
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__16_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)20 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__32_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)48 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__64_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)56 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_128_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)208 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_256_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)440 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_512_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)448 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE1024_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)1800)
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE2048_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)3808)
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE4096_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)4032)
+
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable16[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__16_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable32[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__32_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable64[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE__64_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable128[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_128_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable256[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_256_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable512[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_512_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable1024[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE1024_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable2048[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE2048_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable4096[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE4096_TABLE_LENGTH];
+
+/* fixed-point bit reversal tables */
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___16_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)12 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___32_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)24 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___64_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)56 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__128_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)112 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__256_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)240 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__512_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)480 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_1024_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)992 )
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_2048_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)1984)
+#define ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_4096_TABLE_LENGTH ((uint16_t)4032)
+
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_16[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___16_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_32[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___32_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_64[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED___64_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_128[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__128_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_256[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__256_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_512[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED__512_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_1024[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_1024_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_2048[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_2048_TABLE_LENGTH];
+extern const uint16_t armBitRevIndexTable_fixed_4096[ARMBITREVINDEXTABLE_FIXED_4096_TABLE_LENGTH];
+
+/* Tables for Fast Math Sine and Cosine */
+extern const float32_t sinTable_f32[FAST_MATH_TABLE_SIZE + 1];
+extern const q31_t sinTable_q31[FAST_MATH_TABLE_SIZE + 1];
+extern const q15_t sinTable_q15[FAST_MATH_TABLE_SIZE + 1];
+
+#endif /* ARM_COMMON_TABLES_H */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_const_structs.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_const_structs.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21c79d69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_const_structs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+* Copyright (C) 2010-2014 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+*
+* $Date: 31. July 2014
+* $Revision: V1.4.4
+*
+* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
+* Title: arm_const_structs.h
+*
+* Description: This file has constant structs that are initialized for
+* user convenience. For example, some can be given as
+* arguments to the arm_cfft_f32() function.
+*
+* Target Processor: Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3
+*
+* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+* are met:
+* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+* the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+* distribution.
+* - Neither the name of ARM LIMITED nor the names of its contributors
+* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+* software without specific prior written permission.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+* COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+* BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+* ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#ifndef _ARM_CONST_STRUCTS_H
+#define _ARM_CONST_STRUCTS_H
+
+#include "arm_math.h"
+#include "arm_common_tables.h"
+
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len16;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len32;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len64;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len128;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len256;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len512;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len1024;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len2048;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_f32 arm_cfft_sR_f32_len4096;
+
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len16;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len32;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len64;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len128;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len256;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len512;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len1024;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len2048;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q31 arm_cfft_sR_q31_len4096;
+
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len16;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len32;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len64;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len128;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len256;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len512;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len1024;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len2048;
+ extern const arm_cfft_instance_q15 arm_cfft_sR_q15_len4096;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_math.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_math.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a1519c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/arm_math.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7538 @@
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+* Copyright (C) 2010-2014 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+*
+* $Date: 12. March 2014
+* $Revision: V1.4.4
+*
+* Project: CMSIS DSP Library
+* Title: arm_math.h
+*
+* Description: Public header file for CMSIS DSP Library
+*
+* Target Processor: Cortex-M7/Cortex-M4/Cortex-M3/Cortex-M0
+*
+* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+* are met:
+* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+* the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+* distribution.
+* - Neither the name of ARM LIMITED nor the names of its contributors
+* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+* software without specific prior written permission.
+*
+* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+* COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+* BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+* ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ \mainpage CMSIS DSP Software Library
+ *
+ * Introduction
+ * ------------
+ *
+ * This user manual describes the CMSIS DSP software library,
+ * a suite of common signal processing functions for use on Cortex-M processor based devices.
+ *
+ * The library is divided into a number of functions each covering a specific category:
+ * - Basic math functions
+ * - Fast math functions
+ * - Complex math functions
+ * - Filters
+ * - Matrix functions
+ * - Transforms
+ * - Motor control functions
+ * - Statistical functions
+ * - Support functions
+ * - Interpolation functions
+ *
+ * The library has separate functions for operating on 8-bit integers, 16-bit integers,
+ * 32-bit integer and 32-bit floating-point values.
+ *
+ * Using the Library
+ * ------------
+ *
+ * The library installer contains prebuilt versions of the libraries in the Lib folder.
+ * - arm_cortexM4lf_math.lib (Little endian and Floating Point Unit on Cortex-M4)
+ * - arm_cortexM4bf_math.lib (Big endian and Floating Point Unit on Cortex-M4)
+ * - arm_cortexM4l_math.lib (Little endian on Cortex-M4)
+ * - arm_cortexM4b_math.lib (Big endian on Cortex-M4)
+ * - arm_cortexM3l_math.lib (Little endian on Cortex-M3)
+ * - arm_cortexM3b_math.lib (Big endian on Cortex-M3)
+ * - arm_cortexM0l_math.lib (Little endian on Cortex-M0)
+ * - arm_cortexM0b_math.lib (Big endian on Cortex-M3)
+ *
+ * The library functions are declared in the public file arm_math.h which is placed in the Include folder.
+ * Simply include this file and link the appropriate library in the application and begin calling the library functions. The Library supports single
+ * public header file arm_math.h for Cortex-M4/M3/M0 with little endian and big endian. Same header file will be used for floating point unit(FPU) variants.
+ * Define the appropriate pre processor MACRO ARM_MATH_CM4 or ARM_MATH_CM3 or
+ * ARM_MATH_CM0 or ARM_MATH_CM0PLUS depending on the target processor in the application.
+ *
+ * Examples
+ * --------
+ *
+ * The library ships with a number of examples which demonstrate how to use the library functions.
+ *
+ * Toolchain Support
+ * ------------
+ *
+ * The library has been developed and tested with MDK-ARM version 4.60.
+ * The library is being tested in GCC and IAR toolchains and updates on this activity will be made available shortly.
+ *
+ * Building the Library
+ * ------------
+ *
+ * The library installer contains a project file to re build libraries on MDK-ARM Tool chain in the CMSIS\\DSP_Lib\\Source\\ARM folder.
+ * - arm_cortexM_math.uvproj
+ *
+ *
+ * The libraries can be built by opening the arm_cortexM_math.uvproj project in MDK-ARM, selecting a specific target, and defining the optional pre processor MACROs detailed above.
+ *
+ * Pre-processor Macros
+ * ------------
+ *
+ * Each library project have differant pre-processor macros.
+ *
+ * - UNALIGNED_SUPPORT_DISABLE:
+ *
+ * Define macro UNALIGNED_SUPPORT_DISABLE, If the silicon does not support unaligned memory access
+ *
+ * - ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN:
+ *
+ * Define macro ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN to build the library for big endian targets. By default library builds for little endian targets.
+ *
+ * - ARM_MATH_MATRIX_CHECK:
+ *
+ * Define macro ARM_MATH_MATRIX_CHECK for checking on the input and output sizes of matrices
+ *
+ * - ARM_MATH_ROUNDING:
+ *
+ * Define macro ARM_MATH_ROUNDING for rounding on support functions
+ *
+ * - ARM_MATH_CMx:
+ *
+ * Define macro ARM_MATH_CM4 for building the library on Cortex-M4 target, ARM_MATH_CM3 for building library on Cortex-M3 target
+ * and ARM_MATH_CM0 for building library on cortex-M0 target, ARM_MATH_CM0PLUS for building library on cortex-M0+ target.
+ *
+ * - __FPU_PRESENT:
+ *
+ * Initialize macro __FPU_PRESENT = 1 when building on FPU supported Targets. Enable this macro for M4bf and M4lf libraries
+ *
+ *
+ * CMSIS-DSP in ARM::CMSIS Pack
+ * -----------------------------
+ *
+ * The following files relevant to CMSIS-DSP are present in the ARM::CMSIS Pack directories:
+ * |File/Folder |Content |
+ * |------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |\b CMSIS\\Documentation\\DSP | This documentation |
+ * |\b CMSIS\\DSP_Lib | Software license agreement (license.txt) |
+ * |\b CMSIS\\DSP_Lib\\Examples | Example projects demonstrating the usage of the library functions |
+ * |\b CMSIS\\DSP_Lib\\Source | Source files for rebuilding the library |
+ *
+ *
+ * Revision History of CMSIS-DSP
+ * ------------
+ * Please refer to \ref ChangeLog_pg.
+ *
+ * Copyright Notice
+ * ------------
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2014 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupMath Basic Math Functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupFastMath Fast Math Functions
+ * This set of functions provides a fast approximation to sine, cosine, and square root.
+ * As compared to most of the other functions in the CMSIS math library, the fast math functions
+ * operate on individual values and not arrays.
+ * There are separate functions for Q15, Q31, and floating-point data.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupCmplxMath Complex Math Functions
+ * This set of functions operates on complex data vectors.
+ * The data in the complex arrays is stored in an interleaved fashion
+ * (real, imag, real, imag, ...).
+ * In the API functions, the number of samples in a complex array refers
+ * to the number of complex values; the array contains twice this number of
+ * real values.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupFilters Filtering Functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupMatrix Matrix Functions
+ *
+ * This set of functions provides basic matrix math operations.
+ * The functions operate on matrix data structures. For example,
+ * the type
+ * definition for the floating-point matrix structure is shown
+ * below:
+ *
+ * typedef struct
+ * {
+ * uint16_t numRows; // number of rows of the matrix.
+ * uint16_t numCols; // number of columns of the matrix.
+ * float32_t *pData; // points to the data of the matrix.
+ * } arm_matrix_instance_f32;
+ *
+ * There are similar definitions for Q15 and Q31 data types.
+ *
+ * The structure specifies the size of the matrix and then points to
+ * an array of data. The array is of size numRows X numCols
+ * and the values are arranged in row order. That is, the
+ * matrix element (i, j) is stored at:
+ *
+ * pData[i*numCols + j]
+ *
+ *
+ * \par Init Functions
+ * There is an associated initialization function for each type of matrix
+ * data structure.
+ * The initialization function sets the values of the internal structure fields.
+ * Refer to the function arm_mat_init_f32(), arm_mat_init_q31()
+ * and arm_mat_init_q15() for floating-point, Q31 and Q15 types, respectively.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Use of the initialization function is optional. However, if initialization function is used
+ * then the instance structure cannot be placed into a const data section.
+ * To place the instance structure in a const data
+ * section, manually initialize the data structure. For example:
+ *
+ * arm_matrix_instance_f32 S = {nRows, nColumns, pData};
+ * arm_matrix_instance_q31 S = {nRows, nColumns, pData};
+ * arm_matrix_instance_q15 S = {nRows, nColumns, pData};
+ *
+ * where nRows specifies the number of rows, nColumns
+ * specifies the number of columns, and pData points to the
+ * data array.
+ *
+ * \par Size Checking
+ * By default all of the matrix functions perform size checking on the input and
+ * output matrices. For example, the matrix addition function verifies that the
+ * two input matrices and the output matrix all have the same number of rows and
+ * columns. If the size check fails the functions return:
+ *
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH
+ *
+ * Otherwise the functions return
+ *
+ * ARM_MATH_SUCCESS
+ *
+ * There is some overhead associated with this matrix size checking.
+ * The matrix size checking is enabled via the \#define
+ *
+ * ARM_MATH_MATRIX_CHECK
+ *
+ * within the library project settings. By default this macro is defined
+ * and size checking is enabled. By changing the project settings and
+ * undefining this macro size checking is eliminated and the functions
+ * run a bit faster. With size checking disabled the functions always
+ * return ARM_MATH_SUCCESS.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupTransforms Transform Functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupController Controller Functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupStats Statistics Functions
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupSupport Support Functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupInterpolation Interpolation Functions
+ * These functions perform 1- and 2-dimensional interpolation of data.
+ * Linear interpolation is used for 1-dimensional data and
+ * bilinear interpolation is used for 2-dimensional data.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup groupExamples Examples
+ */
+#ifndef _ARM_MATH_H
+#define _ARM_MATH_H
+
+#define __CMSIS_GENERIC /* disable NVIC and Systick functions */
+
+#if defined(ARM_MATH_CM7)
+ #include "core_cm7.h"
+#elif defined (ARM_MATH_CM4)
+ #include "core_cm4.h"
+#elif defined (ARM_MATH_CM3)
+ #include "core_cm3.h"
+#elif defined (ARM_MATH_CM0)
+ #include "core_cm0.h"
+#define ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY
+ #elif defined (ARM_MATH_CM0PLUS)
+#include "core_cm0plus.h"
+ #define ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY
+#else
+ #error "Define according the used Cortex core ARM_MATH_CM7, ARM_MATH_CM4, ARM_MATH_CM3, ARM_MATH_CM0PLUS or ARM_MATH_CM0"
+#endif
+
+#undef __CMSIS_GENERIC /* enable NVIC and Systick functions */
+#include "string.h"
+#include "math.h"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Macros required for reciprocal calculation in Normalized LMS
+ */
+
+#define DELTA_Q31 (0x100)
+#define DELTA_Q15 0x5
+#define INDEX_MASK 0x0000003F
+#ifndef PI
+#define PI 3.14159265358979f
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Macros required for SINE and COSINE Fast math approximations
+ */
+
+#define FAST_MATH_TABLE_SIZE 512
+#define FAST_MATH_Q31_SHIFT (32 - 10)
+#define FAST_MATH_Q15_SHIFT (16 - 10)
+#define CONTROLLER_Q31_SHIFT (32 - 9)
+#define TABLE_SIZE 256
+#define TABLE_SPACING_Q31 0x400000
+#define TABLE_SPACING_Q15 0x80
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Macros required for SINE and COSINE Controller functions
+ */
+ /* 1.31(q31) Fixed value of 2/360 */
+ /* -1 to +1 is divided into 360 values so total spacing is (2/360) */
+#define INPUT_SPACING 0xB60B61
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Macro for Unaligned Support
+ */
+#ifndef UNALIGNED_SUPPORT_DISABLE
+ #define ALIGN4
+#else
+ #if defined (__GNUC__)
+ #define ALIGN4 __attribute__((aligned(4)))
+ #else
+ #define ALIGN4 __align(4)
+ #endif
+#endif /* #ifndef UNALIGNED_SUPPORT_DISABLE */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Error status returned by some functions in the library.
+ */
+
+ typedef enum
+ {
+ ARM_MATH_SUCCESS = 0, /**< No error */
+ ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR = -1, /**< One or more arguments are incorrect */
+ ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR = -2, /**< Length of data buffer is incorrect */
+ ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH = -3, /**< Size of matrices is not compatible with the operation. */
+ ARM_MATH_NANINF = -4, /**< Not-a-number (NaN) or infinity is generated */
+ ARM_MATH_SINGULAR = -5, /**< Generated by matrix inversion if the input matrix is singular and cannot be inverted. */
+ ARM_MATH_TEST_FAILURE = -6 /**< Test Failed */
+ } arm_status;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief 8-bit fractional data type in 1.7 format.
+ */
+ typedef int8_t q7_t;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief 16-bit fractional data type in 1.15 format.
+ */
+ typedef int16_t q15_t;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief 32-bit fractional data type in 1.31 format.
+ */
+ typedef int32_t q31_t;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief 64-bit fractional data type in 1.63 format.
+ */
+ typedef int64_t q63_t;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief 32-bit floating-point type definition.
+ */
+ typedef float float32_t;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief 64-bit floating-point type definition.
+ */
+ typedef double float64_t;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief definition to read/write two 16 bit values.
+ */
+#if defined __CC_ARM
+#define __SIMD32_TYPE int32_t __packed
+#define CMSIS_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
+#elif defined __ICCARM__
+#define CMSIS_UNUSED
+#define __SIMD32_TYPE int32_t __packed
+#elif defined __GNUC__
+#define __SIMD32_TYPE int32_t
+#define CMSIS_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
+#elif defined __CSMC__ /* Cosmic */
+#define CMSIS_UNUSED
+#define __SIMD32_TYPE int32_t
+#else
+#error Unknown compiler
+#endif
+
+#define __SIMD32(addr) (*(__SIMD32_TYPE **) & (addr))
+#define __SIMD32_CONST(addr) ((__SIMD32_TYPE *)(addr))
+
+#define _SIMD32_OFFSET(addr) (*(__SIMD32_TYPE *) (addr))
+
+#define __SIMD64(addr) (*(int64_t **) & (addr))
+
+#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM3) || defined (ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY)
+ /**
+ * @brief definition to pack two 16 bit values.
+ */
+#define __PKHBT(ARG1, ARG2, ARG3) ( (((int32_t)(ARG1) << 0) & (int32_t)0x0000FFFF) | \
+ (((int32_t)(ARG2) << ARG3) & (int32_t)0xFFFF0000) )
+#define __PKHTB(ARG1, ARG2, ARG3) ( (((int32_t)(ARG1) << 0) & (int32_t)0xFFFF0000) | \
+ (((int32_t)(ARG2) >> ARG3) & (int32_t)0x0000FFFF) )
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief definition to pack four 8 bit values.
+ */
+#ifndef ARM_MATH_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+#define __PACKq7(v0,v1,v2,v3) ( (((int32_t)(v0) << 0) & (int32_t)0x000000FF) | \
+ (((int32_t)(v1) << 8) & (int32_t)0x0000FF00) | \
+ (((int32_t)(v2) << 16) & (int32_t)0x00FF0000) | \
+ (((int32_t)(v3) << 24) & (int32_t)0xFF000000) )
+#else
+
+#define __PACKq7(v0,v1,v2,v3) ( (((int32_t)(v3) << 0) & (int32_t)0x000000FF) | \
+ (((int32_t)(v2) << 8) & (int32_t)0x0000FF00) | \
+ (((int32_t)(v1) << 16) & (int32_t)0x00FF0000) | \
+ (((int32_t)(v0) << 24) & (int32_t)0xFF000000) )
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Clips Q63 to Q31 values.
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t clip_q63_to_q31(
+ q63_t x)
+ {
+ return ((q31_t) (x >> 32) != ((q31_t) x >> 31)) ?
+ ((0x7FFFFFFF ^ ((q31_t) (x >> 63)))) : (q31_t) x;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Clips Q63 to Q15 values.
+ */
+ static __INLINE q15_t clip_q63_to_q15(
+ q63_t x)
+ {
+ return ((q31_t) (x >> 32) != ((q31_t) x >> 31)) ?
+ ((0x7FFF ^ ((q15_t) (x >> 63)))) : (q15_t) (x >> 15);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Clips Q31 to Q7 values.
+ */
+ static __INLINE q7_t clip_q31_to_q7(
+ q31_t x)
+ {
+ return ((q31_t) (x >> 24) != ((q31_t) x >> 23)) ?
+ ((0x7F ^ ((q7_t) (x >> 31)))) : (q7_t) x;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Clips Q31 to Q15 values.
+ */
+ static __INLINE q15_t clip_q31_to_q15(
+ q31_t x)
+ {
+ return ((q31_t) (x >> 16) != ((q31_t) x >> 15)) ?
+ ((0x7FFF ^ ((q15_t) (x >> 31)))) : (q15_t) x;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Multiplies 32 X 64 and returns 32 bit result in 2.30 format.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE q63_t mult32x64(
+ q63_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+ return ((((q63_t) (x & 0x00000000FFFFFFFF) * y) >> 32) +
+ (((q63_t) (x >> 32) * y)));
+ }
+
+
+#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY) && defined ( __CC_ARM )
+#define __CLZ __clz
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY) && ((defined (__ICCARM__)) ||(defined (__GNUC__)) || defined (__TASKING__) )
+
+ static __INLINE uint32_t __CLZ(
+ q31_t data);
+
+
+ static __INLINE uint32_t __CLZ(
+ q31_t data)
+ {
+ uint32_t count = 0;
+ uint32_t mask = 0x80000000;
+
+ while((data & mask) == 0)
+ {
+ count += 1u;
+ mask = mask >> 1u;
+ }
+
+ return (count);
+
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Function to Calculates 1/in (reciprocal) value of Q31 Data type.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE uint32_t arm_recip_q31(
+ q31_t in,
+ q31_t * dst,
+ q31_t * pRecipTable)
+ {
+
+ uint32_t out, tempVal;
+ uint32_t index, i;
+ uint32_t signBits;
+
+ if(in > 0)
+ {
+ signBits = __CLZ(in) - 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ signBits = __CLZ(-in) - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert input sample to 1.31 format */
+ in = in << signBits;
+
+ /* calculation of index for initial approximated Val */
+ index = (uint32_t) (in >> 24u);
+ index = (index & INDEX_MASK);
+
+ /* 1.31 with exp 1 */
+ out = pRecipTable[index];
+
+ /* calculation of reciprocal value */
+ /* running approximation for two iterations */
+ for (i = 0u; i < 2u; i++)
+ {
+ tempVal = (q31_t) (((q63_t) in * out) >> 31u);
+ tempVal = 0x7FFFFFFF - tempVal;
+ /* 1.31 with exp 1 */
+ //out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) out * tempVal) >> 30u);
+ out = (q31_t) clip_q63_to_q31(((q63_t) out * tempVal) >> 30u);
+ }
+
+ /* write output */
+ *dst = out;
+
+ /* return num of signbits of out = 1/in value */
+ return (signBits + 1u);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Function to Calculates 1/in (reciprocal) value of Q15 Data type.
+ */
+ static __INLINE uint32_t arm_recip_q15(
+ q15_t in,
+ q15_t * dst,
+ q15_t * pRecipTable)
+ {
+
+ uint32_t out = 0, tempVal = 0;
+ uint32_t index = 0, i = 0;
+ uint32_t signBits = 0;
+
+ if(in > 0)
+ {
+ signBits = __CLZ(in) - 17;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ signBits = __CLZ(-in) - 17;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert input sample to 1.15 format */
+ in = in << signBits;
+
+ /* calculation of index for initial approximated Val */
+ index = in >> 8;
+ index = (index & INDEX_MASK);
+
+ /* 1.15 with exp 1 */
+ out = pRecipTable[index];
+
+ /* calculation of reciprocal value */
+ /* running approximation for two iterations */
+ for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+ {
+ tempVal = (q15_t) (((q31_t) in * out) >> 15);
+ tempVal = 0x7FFF - tempVal;
+ /* 1.15 with exp 1 */
+ out = (q15_t) (((q31_t) out * tempVal) >> 14);
+ }
+
+ /* write output */
+ *dst = out;
+
+ /* return num of signbits of out = 1/in value */
+ return (signBits + 1);
+
+ }
+
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined intrinisic function for only M0 processors
+ */
+#if defined(ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY)
+
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SSAT(
+ q31_t x,
+ uint32_t y)
+ {
+ int32_t posMax, negMin;
+ uint32_t i;
+
+ posMax = 1;
+ for (i = 0; i < (y - 1); i++)
+ {
+ posMax = posMax * 2;
+ }
+
+ if(x > 0)
+ {
+ posMax = (posMax - 1);
+
+ if(x > posMax)
+ {
+ x = posMax;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ negMin = -posMax;
+
+ if(x < negMin)
+ {
+ x = negMin;
+ }
+ }
+ return (x);
+
+
+ }
+
+#endif /* end of ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY */
+
+
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined intrinsic function for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+#if defined (ARM_MATH_CM3) || defined (ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY)
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QADD8 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QADD8(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum;
+ q7_t r, s, t, u;
+
+ r = (q7_t) x;
+ s = (q7_t) y;
+
+ r = __SSAT((q31_t) (r + s), 8);
+ s = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 16) >> 24) + ((y << 16) >> 24))), 8);
+ t = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 8) >> 24) + ((y << 8) >> 24))), 8);
+ u = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 24) + (y >> 24))), 8);
+
+ sum =
+ (((q31_t) u << 24) & 0xFF000000) | (((q31_t) t << 16) & 0x00FF0000) |
+ (((q31_t) s << 8) & 0x0000FF00) | (r & 0x000000FF);
+
+ return sum;
+
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QSUB8 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QSUB8(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum;
+ q31_t r, s, t, u;
+
+ r = (q7_t) x;
+ s = (q7_t) y;
+
+ r = __SSAT((r - s), 8);
+ s = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 16) >> 24) - ((y << 16) >> 24))), 8) << 8;
+ t = __SSAT(((q31_t) (((x << 8) >> 24) - ((y << 8) >> 24))), 8) << 16;
+ u = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 24) - (y >> 24))), 8) << 24;
+
+ sum =
+ (u & 0xFF000000) | (t & 0x00FF0000) | (s & 0x0000FF00) | (r &
+ 0x000000FF);
+
+ return sum;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QADD16 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QADD16 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QADD16(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum;
+ q31_t r, s;
+
+ r = (q15_t) x;
+ s = (q15_t) y;
+
+ r = __SSAT(r + s, 16);
+ s = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 16) + (y >> 16))), 16) << 16;
+
+ sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF);
+
+ return sum;
+
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SHADD16 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SHADD16(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum;
+ q31_t r, s;
+
+ r = (q15_t) x;
+ s = (q15_t) y;
+
+ r = ((r >> 1) + (s >> 1));
+ s = ((q31_t) ((x >> 17) + (y >> 17))) << 16;
+
+ sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF);
+
+ return sum;
+
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QSUB16 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QSUB16(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum;
+ q31_t r, s;
+
+ r = (q15_t) x;
+ s = (q15_t) y;
+
+ r = __SSAT(r - s, 16);
+ s = __SSAT(((q31_t) ((x >> 16) - (y >> 16))), 16) << 16;
+
+ sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF);
+
+ return sum;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SHSUB16 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SHSUB16(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t diff;
+ q31_t r, s;
+
+ r = (q15_t) x;
+ s = (q15_t) y;
+
+ r = ((r >> 1) - (s >> 1));
+ s = (((x >> 17) - (y >> 17)) << 16);
+
+ diff = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF);
+
+ return diff;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QASX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QASX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum = 0;
+
+ sum =
+ ((sum +
+ clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((q15_t) (x >> 16) + (q15_t) y))) << 16) +
+ clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((q15_t) x - (q15_t) (y >> 16)));
+
+ return sum;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SHASX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SHASX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum;
+ q31_t r, s;
+
+ r = (q15_t) x;
+ s = (q15_t) y;
+
+ r = ((r >> 1) - (y >> 17));
+ s = (((x >> 17) + (s >> 1)) << 16);
+
+ sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF);
+
+ return sum;
+ }
+
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QSAX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QSAX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum = 0;
+
+ sum =
+ ((sum +
+ clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((q15_t) (x >> 16) - (q15_t) y))) << 16) +
+ clip_q31_to_q15((q31_t) ((q15_t) x + (q15_t) (y >> 16)));
+
+ return sum;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SHSAX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SHSAX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ q31_t sum;
+ q31_t r, s;
+
+ r = (q15_t) x;
+ s = (q15_t) y;
+
+ r = ((r >> 1) + (y >> 17));
+ s = (((x >> 17) - (s >> 1)) << 16);
+
+ sum = (s & 0xFFFF0000) | (r & 0x0000FFFF);
+
+ return sum;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMUSDX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SMUSDX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ return ((q31_t) (((q15_t) x * (q15_t) (y >> 16)) -
+ ((q15_t) (x >> 16) * (q15_t) y)));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMUADX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SMUADX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ return ((q31_t) (((q15_t) x * (q15_t) (y >> 16)) +
+ ((q15_t) (x >> 16) * (q15_t) y)));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QADD for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QADD(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+ return clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) x + y);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined QSUB for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __QSUB(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+ return clip_q63_to_q31((q63_t) x - y);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMLAD for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SMLAD(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y,
+ q31_t sum)
+ {
+
+ return (sum + ((q15_t) (x >> 16) * (q15_t) (y >> 16)) +
+ ((q15_t) x * (q15_t) y));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMLADX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SMLADX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y,
+ q31_t sum)
+ {
+
+ return (sum + ((q15_t) (x >> 16) * (q15_t) (y)) +
+ ((q15_t) x * (q15_t) (y >> 16)));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMLSDX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SMLSDX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y,
+ q31_t sum)
+ {
+
+ return (sum - ((q15_t) (x >> 16) * (q15_t) (y)) +
+ ((q15_t) x * (q15_t) (y >> 16)));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMLALD for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q63_t __SMLALD(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y,
+ q63_t sum)
+ {
+
+ return (sum + ((q15_t) (x >> 16) * (q15_t) (y >> 16)) +
+ ((q15_t) x * (q15_t) y));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMLALDX for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q63_t __SMLALDX(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y,
+ q63_t sum)
+ {
+
+ return (sum + ((q15_t) (x >> 16) * (q15_t) y)) +
+ ((q15_t) x * (q15_t) (y >> 16));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMUAD for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SMUAD(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ return (((x >> 16) * (y >> 16)) +
+ (((x << 16) >> 16) * ((y << 16) >> 16)));
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SMUSD for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SMUSD(
+ q31_t x,
+ q31_t y)
+ {
+
+ return (-((x >> 16) * (y >> 16)) +
+ (((x << 16) >> 16) * ((y << 16) >> 16)));
+ }
+
+
+ /*
+ * @brief C custom defined SXTB16 for M3 and M0 processors
+ */
+ static __INLINE q31_t __SXTB16(
+ q31_t x)
+ {
+
+ return ((((x << 24) >> 24) & 0x0000FFFF) |
+ (((x << 8) >> 8) & 0xFFFF0000));
+ }
+
+
+#endif /* defined (ARM_MATH_CM3) || defined (ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY) */
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q7 FIR filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */
+ q7_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ q7_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ } arm_fir_instance_q7;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ } arm_fir_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ } arm_fir_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of filter coefficients in the filter. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ } arm_fir_instance_f32;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q7 FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q7 FIR filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_q7(
+ const arm_fir_instance_q7 * S,
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q7 FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q7 FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed.
+ * @return none
+ */
+ void arm_fir_init_q7(
+ arm_fir_instance_q7 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q7_t * pCoeffs,
+ q7_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_q15(
+ const arm_fir_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the fast Q15 FIR filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_fast_q15(
+ const arm_fir_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter. Must be even and greater than or equal to 4.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed at a time.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization was successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if
+ * numTaps is not a supported value.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_fir_init_q15(
+ arm_fir_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_q31(
+ const arm_fir_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the fast Q31 FIR filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_fast_q31(
+ const arm_fir_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed at a time.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_init_q31(
+ arm_fir_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_f32(
+ const arm_fir_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps Number of filter coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that are processed at a time.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_init_f32(
+ arm_fir_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ int8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< Points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< Points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */
+ int8_t postShift; /**< Additional shift, in bits, applied to each output sample. */
+
+ } arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< Points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< Points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */
+ uint8_t postShift; /**< Additional shift, in bits, applied to each output sample. */
+
+ } arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point Biquad cascade filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< Points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< Points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */
+
+
+ } arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_f32;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_q15(
+ const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] postShift Shift to be applied to the output. Varies according to the coefficients format
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_q15(
+ arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15 * S,
+ uint8_t numStages,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ int8_t postShift);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast but less precise processing function for the Q15 Biquad cascade filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_fast_q15(
+ const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_q31(
+ const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast but less precise processing function for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_fast_q31(
+ const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] postShift Shift to be applied to the output. Varies according to the coefficients format
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_q31(
+ arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_q31 * S,
+ uint8_t numStages,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ int8_t postShift);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_f32(
+ const arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point Biquad cascade structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_f32(
+ arm_biquad_casd_df1_inst_f32 * S,
+ uint8_t numStages,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point matrix structure.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows of the matrix. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns of the matrix. */
+ float32_t *pData; /**< points to the data of the matrix. */
+ } arm_matrix_instance_f32;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point matrix structure.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows of the matrix. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns of the matrix. */
+ float64_t *pData; /**< points to the data of the matrix. */
+ } arm_matrix_instance_f64;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 matrix structure.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows of the matrix. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns of the matrix. */
+ q15_t *pData; /**< points to the data of the matrix. */
+
+ } arm_matrix_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 matrix structure.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows of the matrix. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns of the matrix. */
+ q31_t *pData; /**< points to the data of the matrix. */
+
+ } arm_matrix_instance_q31;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix addition.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_add_f32(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 matrix addition.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_add_q15(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 matrix addition.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_add_q31(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point, complex, matrix multiplication.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_cmplx_mult_f32(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15, complex, matrix multiplication.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_cmplx_mult_q15(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratch);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31, complex, matrix multiplication.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_cmplx_mult_q31(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix transpose.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix
+ * @return The function returns either ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH
+ * or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_trans_f32(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrc,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 matrix transpose.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix
+ * @return The function returns either ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH
+ * or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_trans_q15(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrc,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 matrix transpose.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix
+ * @return The function returns either ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH
+ * or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_trans_q31(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrc,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_mult_f32(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 matrix multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the array for storing intermediate results
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_mult_q15(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst,
+ q15_t * pState);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 matrix multiplication (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the array for storing intermediate results
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_mult_fast_q15(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst,
+ q15_t * pState);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 matrix multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_mult_q31(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 matrix multiplication (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_mult_fast_q31(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix subtraction
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_sub_f32(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 matrix subtraction
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_sub_q15(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 matrix subtraction
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input matrix structure
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input matrix structure
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_sub_q31(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcA,
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrcB,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix scaling.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input matrix
+ * @param[in] scale scale factor
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output matrix
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_scale_f32(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pSrc,
+ float32_t scale,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 matrix scaling.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to input matrix
+ * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale factor
+ * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_scale_q15(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pSrc,
+ q15_t scaleFract,
+ int32_t shift,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 matrix scaling.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to input matrix
+ * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale factor
+ * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to output matrix structure
+ * @return The function returns either
+ * ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH or ARM_MATH_SUCCESS based on the outcome of size checking.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_scale_q31(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pSrc,
+ q31_t scaleFract,
+ int32_t shift,
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 matrix initialization.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point matrix structure.
+ * @param[in] nRows number of rows in the matrix.
+ * @param[in] nColumns number of columns in the matrix.
+ * @param[in] *pData points to the matrix data array.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_mat_init_q31(
+ arm_matrix_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t nRows,
+ uint16_t nColumns,
+ q31_t * pData);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 matrix initialization.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point matrix structure.
+ * @param[in] nRows number of rows in the matrix.
+ * @param[in] nColumns number of columns in the matrix.
+ * @param[in] *pData points to the matrix data array.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_mat_init_q15(
+ arm_matrix_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t nRows,
+ uint16_t nColumns,
+ q15_t * pData);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix initialization.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point matrix structure.
+ * @param[in] nRows number of rows in the matrix.
+ * @param[in] nColumns number of columns in the matrix.
+ * @param[in] *pData points to the matrix data array.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_mat_init_f32(
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t nRows,
+ uint16_t nColumns,
+ float32_t * pData);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 PID Control.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ q15_t A0; /**< The derived gain, A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd . */
+#ifdef ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY
+ q15_t A1;
+ q15_t A2;
+#else
+ q31_t A1; /**< The derived gain A1 = -Kp - 2Kd | Kd.*/
+#endif
+ q15_t state[3]; /**< The state array of length 3. */
+ q15_t Kp; /**< The proportional gain. */
+ q15_t Ki; /**< The integral gain. */
+ q15_t Kd; /**< The derivative gain. */
+ } arm_pid_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 PID Control.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ q31_t A0; /**< The derived gain, A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd . */
+ q31_t A1; /**< The derived gain, A1 = -Kp - 2Kd. */
+ q31_t A2; /**< The derived gain, A2 = Kd . */
+ q31_t state[3]; /**< The state array of length 3. */
+ q31_t Kp; /**< The proportional gain. */
+ q31_t Ki; /**< The integral gain. */
+ q31_t Kd; /**< The derivative gain. */
+
+ } arm_pid_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point PID Control.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ float32_t A0; /**< The derived gain, A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd . */
+ float32_t A1; /**< The derived gain, A1 = -Kp - 2Kd. */
+ float32_t A2; /**< The derived gain, A2 = Kd . */
+ float32_t state[3]; /**< The state array of length 3. */
+ float32_t Kp; /**< The proportional gain. */
+ float32_t Ki; /**< The integral gain. */
+ float32_t Kd; /**< The derivative gain. */
+ } arm_pid_instance_f32;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the PID structure.
+ * @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_pid_init_f32(
+ arm_pid_instance_f32 * S,
+ int32_t resetStateFlag);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Reset function for the floating-point PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S is an instance of the floating-point PID Control structure
+ * @return none
+ */
+ void arm_pid_reset_f32(
+ arm_pid_instance_f32 * S);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 PID structure.
+ * @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_pid_init_q31(
+ arm_pid_instance_q31 * S,
+ int32_t resetStateFlag);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Reset function for the Q31 PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 PID Control structure
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_pid_reset_q31(
+ arm_pid_instance_q31 * S);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 PID structure.
+ * @param[in] resetStateFlag flag to reset the state. 0 = no change in state 1 = reset the state.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_pid_init_q15(
+ arm_pid_instance_q15 * S,
+ int32_t resetStateFlag);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Reset function for the Q15 PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the q15 PID Control structure
+ * @return none
+ */
+ void arm_pid_reset_q15(
+ arm_pid_instance_q15 * S);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point Linear Interpolate function.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t nValues; /**< nValues */
+ float32_t x1; /**< x1 */
+ float32_t xSpacing; /**< xSpacing */
+ float32_t *pYData; /**< pointer to the table of Y values */
+ } arm_linear_interp_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point bilinear interpolation function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */
+ float32_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */
+ } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 bilinear interpolation function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */
+ q31_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */
+ } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 bilinear interpolation function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */
+ q15_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */
+ } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 bilinear interpolation function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numRows; /**< number of rows in the data table. */
+ uint16_t numCols; /**< number of columns in the data table. */
+ q7_t *pData; /**< points to the data table. */
+ } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q7;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q7 vector multiplication.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_mult_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 vector multiplication.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_mult_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 vector multiplication.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_mult_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point vector multiplication.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_mult_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ q15_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the Sin twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */
+ } arm_cfft_radix2_instance_q15;
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ arm_status arm_cfft_radix2_init_q15(
+ arm_cfft_radix2_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t fftLen,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ void arm_cfft_radix2_q15(
+ const arm_cfft_radix2_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ q15_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */
+ } arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15;
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ arm_status arm_cfft_radix4_init_q15(
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t fftLen,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ void arm_cfft_radix4_q15(
+ const arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Radix-2 Q31 CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ q31_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the Twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */
+ } arm_cfft_radix2_instance_q31;
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ arm_status arm_cfft_radix2_init_q31(
+ arm_cfft_radix2_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t fftLen,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ void arm_cfft_radix2_q31(
+ const arm_cfft_radix2_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ q31_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */
+ } arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31;
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ void arm_cfft_radix4_q31(
+ const arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc);
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ arm_status arm_cfft_radix4_init_q31(
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t fftLen,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ float32_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the Twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */
+ float32_t onebyfftLen; /**< value of 1/fftLen. */
+ } arm_cfft_radix2_instance_f32;
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ arm_status arm_cfft_radix2_init_f32(
+ arm_cfft_radix2_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t fftLen,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ void arm_cfft_radix2_f32(
+ const arm_cfft_radix2_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlag; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlag=0) or inverse (ifftFlag=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlag=1) or disables (bitReverseFlag=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ float32_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the Twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t twidCoefModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevFactor; /**< bit reversal modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same bit reversal table. */
+ float32_t onebyfftLen; /**< value of 1/fftLen. */
+ } arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32;
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ arm_status arm_cfft_radix4_init_f32(
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t fftLen,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+/* Deprecated */
+ void arm_cfft_radix4_f32(
+ const arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the fixed-point CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ const q15_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the Twiddle factor table. */
+ const uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevLength; /**< bit reversal table length. */
+ } arm_cfft_instance_q15;
+
+void arm_cfft_q15(
+ const arm_cfft_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * p1,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the fixed-point CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ const q31_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the Twiddle factor table. */
+ const uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevLength; /**< bit reversal table length. */
+ } arm_cfft_instance_q31;
+
+void arm_cfft_q31(
+ const arm_cfft_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * p1,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point CFFT/CIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t fftLen; /**< length of the FFT. */
+ const float32_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the Twiddle factor table. */
+ const uint16_t *pBitRevTable; /**< points to the bit reversal table. */
+ uint16_t bitRevLength; /**< bit reversal table length. */
+ } arm_cfft_instance_f32;
+
+ void arm_cfft_f32(
+ const arm_cfft_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * p1,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag,
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 RFFT/RIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t fftLenReal; /**< length of the real FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlagR; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlagR; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlagR=1) or disables (bitReverseFlagR=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ uint32_t twidCoefRModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ q15_t *pTwiddleAReal; /**< points to the real twiddle factor table. */
+ q15_t *pTwiddleBReal; /**< points to the imag twiddle factor table. */
+ const arm_cfft_instance_q15 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */
+ } arm_rfft_instance_q15;
+
+ arm_status arm_rfft_init_q15(
+ arm_rfft_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint32_t fftLenReal,
+ uint32_t ifftFlagR,
+ uint32_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+ void arm_rfft_q15(
+ const arm_rfft_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 RFFT/RIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t fftLenReal; /**< length of the real FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlagR; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlagR; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlagR=1) or disables (bitReverseFlagR=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ uint32_t twidCoefRModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ q31_t *pTwiddleAReal; /**< points to the real twiddle factor table. */
+ q31_t *pTwiddleBReal; /**< points to the imag twiddle factor table. */
+ const arm_cfft_instance_q31 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */
+ } arm_rfft_instance_q31;
+
+ arm_status arm_rfft_init_q31(
+ arm_rfft_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint32_t fftLenReal,
+ uint32_t ifftFlagR,
+ uint32_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+ void arm_rfft_q31(
+ const arm_rfft_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point RFFT/RIFFT function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t fftLenReal; /**< length of the real FFT. */
+ uint16_t fftLenBy2; /**< length of the complex FFT. */
+ uint8_t ifftFlagR; /**< flag that selects forward (ifftFlagR=0) or inverse (ifftFlagR=1) transform. */
+ uint8_t bitReverseFlagR; /**< flag that enables (bitReverseFlagR=1) or disables (bitReverseFlagR=0) bit reversal of output. */
+ uint32_t twidCoefRModifier; /**< twiddle coefficient modifier that supports different size FFTs with the same twiddle factor table. */
+ float32_t *pTwiddleAReal; /**< points to the real twiddle factor table. */
+ float32_t *pTwiddleBReal; /**< points to the imag twiddle factor table. */
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */
+ } arm_rfft_instance_f32;
+
+ arm_status arm_rfft_init_f32(
+ arm_rfft_instance_f32 * S,
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S_CFFT,
+ uint32_t fftLenReal,
+ uint32_t ifftFlagR,
+ uint32_t bitReverseFlag);
+
+ void arm_rfft_f32(
+ const arm_rfft_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point RFFT/RIFFT function.
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+ {
+ arm_cfft_instance_f32 Sint; /**< Internal CFFT structure. */
+ uint16_t fftLenRFFT; /**< length of the real sequence */
+ float32_t * pTwiddleRFFT; /**< Twiddle factors real stage */
+ } arm_rfft_fast_instance_f32 ;
+
+arm_status arm_rfft_fast_init_f32 (
+ arm_rfft_fast_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t fftLen);
+
+void arm_rfft_fast_f32(
+ arm_rfft_fast_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * p, float32_t * pOut,
+ uint8_t ifftFlag);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4 function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t N; /**< length of the DCT4. */
+ uint16_t Nby2; /**< half of the length of the DCT4. */
+ float32_t normalize; /**< normalizing factor. */
+ float32_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */
+ float32_t *pCosFactor; /**< points to the cosFactor table. */
+ arm_rfft_instance_f32 *pRfft; /**< points to the real FFT instance. */
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */
+ } arm_dct4_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of floating-point DCT4/IDCT4 structure.
+ * @param[in] *S_RFFT points to an instance of floating-point RFFT/RIFFT structure.
+ * @param[in] *S_CFFT points to an instance of floating-point CFFT/CIFFT structure.
+ * @param[in] N length of the DCT4.
+ * @param[in] Nby2 half of the length of the DCT4.
+ * @param[in] normalize normalizing factor.
+ * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if fftLenReal is not a supported transform length.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_dct4_init_f32(
+ arm_dct4_instance_f32 * S,
+ arm_rfft_instance_f32 * S_RFFT,
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_f32 * S_CFFT,
+ uint16_t N,
+ uint16_t Nby2,
+ float32_t normalize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point DCT4/IDCT4 structure.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in,out] *pInlineBuffer points to the in-place input and output buffer.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_dct4_f32(
+ const arm_dct4_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ float32_t * pInlineBuffer);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 DCT4/IDCT4 function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t N; /**< length of the DCT4. */
+ uint16_t Nby2; /**< half of the length of the DCT4. */
+ q31_t normalize; /**< normalizing factor. */
+ q31_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */
+ q31_t *pCosFactor; /**< points to the cosFactor table. */
+ arm_rfft_instance_q31 *pRfft; /**< points to the real FFT instance. */
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */
+ } arm_dct4_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 DCT4/IDCT4.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of Q31 DCT4/IDCT4 structure.
+ * @param[in] *S_RFFT points to an instance of Q31 RFFT/RIFFT structure
+ * @param[in] *S_CFFT points to an instance of Q31 CFFT/CIFFT structure
+ * @param[in] N length of the DCT4.
+ * @param[in] Nby2 half of the length of the DCT4.
+ * @param[in] normalize normalizing factor.
+ * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if N is not a supported transform length.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_dct4_init_q31(
+ arm_dct4_instance_q31 * S,
+ arm_rfft_instance_q31 * S_RFFT,
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q31 * S_CFFT,
+ uint16_t N,
+ uint16_t Nby2,
+ q31_t normalize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 DCT4/IDCT4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 DCT4 structure.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in,out] *pInlineBuffer points to the in-place input and output buffer.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_dct4_q31(
+ const arm_dct4_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ q31_t * pInlineBuffer);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 DCT4/IDCT4 function.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t N; /**< length of the DCT4. */
+ uint16_t Nby2; /**< half of the length of the DCT4. */
+ q15_t normalize; /**< normalizing factor. */
+ q15_t *pTwiddle; /**< points to the twiddle factor table. */
+ q15_t *pCosFactor; /**< points to the cosFactor table. */
+ arm_rfft_instance_q15 *pRfft; /**< points to the real FFT instance. */
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 *pCfft; /**< points to the complex FFT instance. */
+ } arm_dct4_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 DCT4/IDCT4.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of Q15 DCT4/IDCT4 structure.
+ * @param[in] *S_RFFT points to an instance of Q15 RFFT/RIFFT structure.
+ * @param[in] *S_CFFT points to an instance of Q15 CFFT/CIFFT structure.
+ * @param[in] N length of the DCT4.
+ * @param[in] Nby2 half of the length of the DCT4.
+ * @param[in] normalize normalizing factor.
+ * @return arm_status function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if N is not a supported transform length.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_dct4_init_q15(
+ arm_dct4_instance_q15 * S,
+ arm_rfft_instance_q15 * S_RFFT,
+ arm_cfft_radix4_instance_q15 * S_CFFT,
+ uint16_t N,
+ uint16_t Nby2,
+ q15_t normalize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 DCT4/IDCT4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 DCT4 structure.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in,out] *pInlineBuffer points to the in-place input and output buffer.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_dct4_q15(
+ const arm_dct4_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ q15_t * pInlineBuffer);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point vector addition.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_add_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q7 vector addition.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_add_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 vector addition.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_add_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 vector addition.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_add_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point vector subtraction.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_sub_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q7 vector subtraction.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_sub_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 vector subtraction.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_sub_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 vector subtraction.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_sub_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Multiplies a floating-point vector by a scalar.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] scale scale factor to be applied
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_scale_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t scale,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Multiplies a Q7 vector by a scalar.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value
+ * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_scale_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t scaleFract,
+ int8_t shift,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Multiplies a Q15 vector by a scalar.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value
+ * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_scale_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t scaleFract,
+ int8_t shift,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Multiplies a Q31 vector by a scalar.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] scaleFract fractional portion of the scale value
+ * @param[in] shift number of bits to shift the result by
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_scale_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t scaleFract,
+ int8_t shift,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q7 vector absolute value.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_abs_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point vector absolute value.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_abs_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 vector absolute value.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_abs_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 vector absolute value.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_abs_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Dot product of floating-point vectors.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @param[out] *result output result returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_dot_prod_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * result);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Dot product of Q7 vectors.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @param[out] *result output result returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_dot_prod_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * result);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Dot product of Q15 vectors.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @param[out] *result output result returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_dot_prod_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q63_t * result);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Dot product of Q31 vectors.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in each vector
+ * @param[out] *result output result returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_dot_prod_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q63_t * result);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Shifts the elements of a Q7 vector a specified number of bits.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_shift_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ int8_t shiftBits,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Shifts the elements of a Q15 vector a specified number of bits.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_shift_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ int8_t shiftBits,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Shifts the elements of a Q31 vector a specified number of bits.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] shiftBits number of bits to shift. A positive value shifts left; a negative value shifts right.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_shift_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ int8_t shiftBits,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Adds a constant offset to a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_offset_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t offset,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_offset_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t offset,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_offset_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t offset,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Adds a constant offset to a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[in] offset is the offset to be added
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_offset_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t offset,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Negates the elements of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_negate_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Negates the elements of a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_negate_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Negates the elements of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_negate_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Negates the elements of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples in the vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_negate_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+ /**
+ * @brief Copies the elements of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_copy_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Copies the elements of a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_copy_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Copies the elements of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_copy_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Copies the elements of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_copy_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+ /**
+ * @brief Fills a constant value into a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] value input value to be filled
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fill_f32(
+ float32_t value,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fills a constant value into a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] value input value to be filled
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fill_q7(
+ q7_t value,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fills a constant value into a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] value input value to be filled
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fill_q15(
+ q15_t value,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fills a constant value into a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] value input value to be filled
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fill_q31(
+ q31_t value,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convolution of floating-point sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the location where the output result is written. Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ float32_t * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q15 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch1 points to scratch buffer of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch2 points to scratch buffer of size min(srcALen, srcBLen).
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+
+ void arm_conv_opt_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratch1,
+ q15_t * pScratch2);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q15 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the location where the output result is written. Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_fast_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch1 points to scratch buffer of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch2 points to scratch buffer of size min(srcALen, srcBLen).
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_fast_opt_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratch1,
+ q15_t * pScratch2);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q31 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q31_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q31 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_fast_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q31_t * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q7 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch1 points to scratch buffer(of type q15_t) of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch2 points to scratch buffer (of type q15_t) of size min(srcALen, srcBLen).
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_opt_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratch1,
+ q15_t * pScratch2);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Convolution of Q7 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length srcALen+srcBLen-1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_conv_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q7_t * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of floating-point sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q15 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @param[in] * pScratch1 points to scratch buffer of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @param[in] * pScratch2 points to scratch buffer of size min(srcALen, srcBLen).
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_opt_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints,
+ q15_t * pScratch1,
+ q15_t * pScratch2);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q15 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_fast_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @param[in] * pScratch1 points to scratch buffer of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @param[in] * pScratch2 points to scratch buffer of size min(srcALen, srcBLen).
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_fast_opt_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints,
+ q15_t * pScratch1,
+ q15_t * pScratch2);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q31 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q31 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_fast_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q7 sequences
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch1 points to scratch buffer(of type q15_t) of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch2 points to scratch buffer (of type q15_t) of size min(srcALen, srcBLen).
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_opt_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints,
+ q15_t * pScratch1,
+ q15_t * pScratch2);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Partial convolution of Q7 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] firstIndex is the first output sample to start with.
+ * @param[in] numPoints is the number of output points to be computed.
+ * @return Returns either ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if the function completed correctly or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if the requested subset is not in the range [0 srcALen+srcBLen-2].
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_conv_partial_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t firstIndex,
+ uint32_t numPoints);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR decimator.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t M; /**< decimation factor. */
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ } arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR decimator.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t M; /**< decimation factor. */
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+
+ } arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR decimator.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t M; /**< decimation factor. */
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+
+ } arm_fir_decimate_instance_f32;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR decimator.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_decimate_f32(
+ const arm_fir_decimate_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR decimator.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] M decimation factor.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if
+ * blockSize is not a multiple of M.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_fir_decimate_init_f32(
+ arm_fir_decimate_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ uint8_t M,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR decimator.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_decimate_q15(
+ const arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR decimator (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_decimate_fast_q15(
+ const arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR decimator.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] M decimation factor.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if
+ * blockSize is not a multiple of M.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_fir_decimate_init_q15(
+ arm_fir_decimate_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ uint8_t M,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR decimator.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_decimate_q31(
+ const arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR decimator (fast variant) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_decimate_fast_q31(
+ arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR decimator.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR decimator structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] M decimation factor.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if
+ * blockSize is not a multiple of M.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_fir_decimate_init_q31(
+ arm_fir_decimate_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ uint8_t M,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR interpolator.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t L; /**< upsample factor. */
+ uint16_t phaseLength; /**< length of each polyphase filter component. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length L*phaseLength. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length blockSize+phaseLength-1. */
+ } arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR interpolator.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t L; /**< upsample factor. */
+ uint16_t phaseLength; /**< length of each polyphase filter component. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length L*phaseLength. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length blockSize+phaseLength-1. */
+ } arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR interpolator.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t L; /**< upsample factor. */
+ uint16_t phaseLength; /**< length of each polyphase filter component. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length L*phaseLength. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length phaseLength+numTaps-1. */
+ } arm_fir_interpolate_instance_f32;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR interpolator.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR interpolator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_interpolate_q15(
+ const arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR interpolator.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR interpolator structure.
+ * @param[in] L upsample factor.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if
+ * the filter length numTaps is not a multiple of the interpolation factor L.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_fir_interpolate_init_q15(
+ arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint8_t L,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR interpolator.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR interpolator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_interpolate_q31(
+ const arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR interpolator.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR interpolator structure.
+ * @param[in] L upsample factor.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if
+ * the filter length numTaps is not a multiple of the interpolation factor L.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_fir_interpolate_init_q31(
+ arm_fir_interpolate_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint8_t L,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR interpolator.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR interpolator structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_interpolate_f32(
+ const arm_fir_interpolate_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR interpolator.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR interpolator structure.
+ * @param[in] L upsample factor.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if initialization is successful or ARM_MATH_LENGTH_ERROR if
+ * the filter length numTaps is not a multiple of the interpolation factor L.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_fir_interpolate_init_f32(
+ arm_fir_interpolate_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint8_t L,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the high precision Q31 Biquad cascade filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */
+ q63_t *pState; /**< points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */
+ uint8_t postShift; /**< additional shift, in bits, applied to each output sample. */
+
+ } arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_ins_q31;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the high precision Q31 Biquad cascade filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_q31(
+ const arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_ins_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the high precision Q31 Biquad cascade filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] postShift shift to be applied to the output. Varies according to the coefficients format
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_init_q31(
+ arm_biquad_cas_df1_32x64_ins_q31 * S,
+ uint8_t numStages,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q63_t * pState,
+ uint8_t postShift);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 2*numStages. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */
+ } arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f32;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 4*numStages. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */
+ } arm_biquad_cascade_stereo_df2T_instance_f32;
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t numStages; /**< number of 2nd order stages in the filter. Overall order is 2*numStages. */
+ float64_t *pState; /**< points to the array of state coefficients. The array is of length 2*numStages. */
+ float64_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the array of coefficients. The array is of length 5*numStages. */
+ } arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f64;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_f32(
+ const arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter. 2 channels
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_stereo_df2T_f32(
+ const arm_biquad_cascade_stereo_df2T_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_f64(
+ const arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f64 * S,
+ float64_t * pSrc,
+ float64_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_init_f32(
+ arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint8_t numStages,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_stereo_df2T_init_f32(
+ arm_biquad_cascade_stereo_df2T_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint8_t numStages,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point transposed direct form II Biquad cascade filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the filter data structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of 2nd order stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_init_f64(
+ arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_instance_f64 * S,
+ uint8_t numStages,
+ float64_t * pCoeffs,
+ float64_t * pState);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 FIR lattice filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numStages; /**< number of filter stages. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ } arm_fir_lattice_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 FIR lattice filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numStages; /**< number of filter stages. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ } arm_fir_lattice_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point FIR lattice filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numStages; /**< number of filter stages. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ } arm_fir_lattice_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 FIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of filter stages.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_lattice_init_q15(
+ arm_fir_lattice_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t numStages,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 FIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 FIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_fir_lattice_q15(
+ const arm_fir_lattice_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 FIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of filter stages.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_lattice_init_q31(
+ arm_fir_lattice_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t numStages,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 FIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 FIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_lattice_q31(
+ const arm_fir_lattice_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point FIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of filter stages.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_lattice_init_f32(
+ arm_fir_lattice_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t numStages,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point FIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point FIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_lattice_f32(
+ const arm_fir_lattice_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 IIR lattice filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numStages; /**< number of stages in the filter. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. */
+ q15_t *pkCoeffs; /**< points to the reflection coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ q15_t *pvCoeffs; /**< points to the ladder coefficient array. The array is of length numStages+1. */
+ } arm_iir_lattice_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 IIR lattice filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numStages; /**< number of stages in the filter. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. */
+ q31_t *pkCoeffs; /**< points to the reflection coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ q31_t *pvCoeffs; /**< points to the ladder coefficient array. The array is of length numStages+1. */
+ } arm_iir_lattice_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point IIR lattice filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numStages; /**< number of stages in the filter. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numStages+blockSize. */
+ float32_t *pkCoeffs; /**< points to the reflection coefficient array. The array is of length numStages. */
+ float32_t *pvCoeffs; /**< points to the ladder coefficient array. The array is of length numStages+1. */
+ } arm_iir_lattice_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point IIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point IIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_iir_lattice_f32(
+ const arm_iir_lattice_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point IIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point IIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pkCoeffs points to the reflection coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @param[in] *pvCoeffs points to the ladder coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages+1.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages+blockSize-1.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_iir_lattice_init_f32(
+ arm_iir_lattice_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t numStages,
+ float32_t * pkCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pvCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 IIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 IIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_iir_lattice_q31(
+ const arm_iir_lattice_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 IIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 IIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pkCoeffs points to the reflection coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @param[in] *pvCoeffs points to the ladder coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages+1.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer. The array is of length numStages+blockSize.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_iir_lattice_init_q31(
+ arm_iir_lattice_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t numStages,
+ q31_t * pkCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pvCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 IIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 IIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_iir_lattice_q15(
+ const arm_iir_lattice_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 IIR lattice filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the fixed-point Q15 IIR lattice structure.
+ * @param[in] numStages number of stages in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pkCoeffs points to reflection coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages.
+ * @param[in] *pvCoeffs points to ladder coefficient buffer. The array is of length numStages+1.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer. The array is of length numStages+blockSize.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_iir_lattice_init_q15(
+ arm_iir_lattice_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t numStages,
+ q15_t * pkCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pvCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point LMS filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ float32_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */
+ } arm_lms_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for floating-point LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data.
+ * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_f32(
+ const arm_lms_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pRef,
+ float32_t * pOut,
+ float32_t * pErr,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for floating-point LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_init_f32(
+ arm_lms_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ float32_t mu,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 LMS filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ q15_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */
+ uint32_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */
+ } arm_lms_instance_q15;
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_init_q15(
+ arm_lms_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ q15_t mu,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ uint32_t postShift);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for Q15 LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data.
+ * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_q15(
+ const arm_lms_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pRef,
+ q15_t * pOut,
+ q15_t * pErr,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 LMS filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ q31_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */
+ uint32_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */
+
+ } arm_lms_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for Q31 LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data.
+ * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_q31(
+ const arm_lms_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pRef,
+ q31_t * pOut,
+ q31_t * pErr,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for Q31 LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_init_q31(
+ arm_lms_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ q31_t mu,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ uint32_t postShift);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point normalized LMS filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ float32_t mu; /**< step size that control filter coefficient updates. */
+ float32_t energy; /**< saves previous frame energy. */
+ float32_t x0; /**< saves previous input sample. */
+ } arm_lms_norm_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for floating-point normalized LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point normalized LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data.
+ * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_norm_f32(
+ arm_lms_norm_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pRef,
+ float32_t * pOut,
+ float32_t * pErr,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for floating-point normalized LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_norm_init_f32(
+ arm_lms_norm_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ float32_t mu,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 normalized LMS filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ q31_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */
+ uint8_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */
+ q31_t *recipTable; /**< points to the reciprocal initial value table. */
+ q31_t energy; /**< saves previous frame energy. */
+ q31_t x0; /**< saves previous input sample. */
+ } arm_lms_norm_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for Q31 normalized LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 normalized LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data.
+ * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_norm_q31(
+ arm_lms_norm_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pRef,
+ q31_t * pOut,
+ q31_t * pErr,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for Q31 normalized LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 normalized LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_norm_init_q31(
+ arm_lms_norm_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ q31_t mu,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ uint8_t postShift);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 normalized LMS filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< Number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state variable array. The array is of length numTaps+blockSize-1. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ q15_t mu; /**< step size that controls filter coefficient updates. */
+ uint8_t postShift; /**< bit shift applied to coefficients. */
+ q15_t *recipTable; /**< Points to the reciprocal initial value table. */
+ q15_t energy; /**< saves previous frame energy. */
+ q15_t x0; /**< saves previous input sample. */
+ } arm_lms_norm_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for Q15 normalized LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 normalized LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[in] *pRef points to the block of reference data.
+ * @param[out] *pOut points to the block of output data.
+ * @param[out] *pErr points to the block of error data.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_norm_q15(
+ arm_lms_norm_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pRef,
+ q15_t * pOut,
+ q15_t * pErr,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for Q15 normalized LMS filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 normalized LMS filter structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to coefficient buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to state buffer.
+ * @param[in] mu step size that controls filter coefficient updates.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process.
+ * @param[in] postShift bit shift applied to coefficients.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_lms_norm_init_q15(
+ arm_lms_norm_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ q15_t mu,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ uint8_t postShift);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of floating-point sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ float32_t * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q15 sequences
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch points to scratch buffer of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_correlate_opt_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratch);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q15 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_fast_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q15 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch points to scratch buffer of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_fast_opt_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratch);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q31 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q31_t * pDst);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q31 sequences (fast version) for Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_fast_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q31_t * pDst);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q7 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch1 points to scratch buffer(of type q15_t) of size max(srcALen, srcBLen) + 2*min(srcALen, srcBLen) - 2.
+ * @param[in] *pScratch2 points to scratch buffer (of type q15_t) of size min(srcALen, srcBLen).
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_opt_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratch1,
+ q15_t * pScratch2);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Correlation of Q7 sequences.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcALen length of the first input sequence.
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input sequence.
+ * @param[in] srcBLen length of the second input sequence.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data Length 2 * max(srcALen, srcBLen) - 1.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_correlate_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrcA,
+ uint32_t srcALen,
+ q7_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t srcBLen,
+ q7_t * pDst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the floating-point sparse FIR filter.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */
+ float32_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */
+ float32_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */
+ int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ } arm_fir_sparse_instance_f32;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q31 sparse FIR filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */
+ q31_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */
+ q31_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */
+ int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ } arm_fir_sparse_instance_q31;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q15 sparse FIR filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */
+ q15_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */
+ q15_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */
+ int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ } arm_fir_sparse_instance_q15;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Instance structure for the Q7 sparse FIR filter.
+ */
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t numTaps; /**< number of coefficients in the filter. */
+ uint16_t stateIndex; /**< state buffer index. Points to the oldest sample in the state buffer. */
+ q7_t *pState; /**< points to the state buffer array. The array is of length maxDelay+blockSize-1. */
+ q7_t *pCoeffs; /**< points to the coefficient array. The array is of length numTaps.*/
+ uint16_t maxDelay; /**< maximum offset specified by the pTapDelay array. */
+ int32_t *pTapDelay; /**< points to the array of delay values. The array is of length numTaps. */
+ } arm_fir_sparse_instance_q7;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the floating-point sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the floating-point sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_f32(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ float32_t * pScratchIn,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the floating-point sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the floating-point sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times.
+ * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_init_f32(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_f32 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ float32_t * pCoeffs,
+ float32_t * pState,
+ int32_t * pTapDelay,
+ uint16_t maxDelay,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q31 sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q31 sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_q31(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ q31_t * pScratchIn,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q31 sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times.
+ * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_init_q31(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_q31 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q31_t * pCoeffs,
+ q31_t * pState,
+ int32_t * pTapDelay,
+ uint16_t maxDelay,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q15 sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q15 sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize.
+ * @param[in] *pScratchOut points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_q15(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ q15_t * pScratchIn,
+ q31_t * pScratchOut,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q15 sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times.
+ * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_init_q15(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_q15 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q15_t * pCoeffs,
+ q15_t * pState,
+ int32_t * pTapDelay,
+ uint16_t maxDelay,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Processing function for the Q7 sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in] *S points to an instance of the Q7 sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the block of input data.
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the block of output data
+ * @param[in] *pScratchIn points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize.
+ * @param[in] *pScratchOut points to a temporary buffer of size blockSize.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of input samples to process per call.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_q7(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_q7 * S,
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ q7_t * pScratchIn,
+ q31_t * pScratchOut,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Initialization function for the Q7 sparse FIR filter.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q7 sparse FIR structure.
+ * @param[in] numTaps number of nonzero coefficients in the filter.
+ * @param[in] *pCoeffs points to the array of filter coefficients.
+ * @param[in] *pState points to the state buffer.
+ * @param[in] *pTapDelay points to the array of offset times.
+ * @param[in] maxDelay maximum offset time supported.
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples that will be processed per block.
+ * @return none
+ */
+
+ void arm_fir_sparse_init_q7(
+ arm_fir_sparse_instance_q7 * S,
+ uint16_t numTaps,
+ q7_t * pCoeffs,
+ q7_t * pState,
+ int32_t * pTapDelay,
+ uint16_t maxDelay,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /*
+ * @brief Floating-point sin_cos function.
+ * @param[in] theta input value in degrees
+ * @param[out] *pSinVal points to the processed sine output.
+ * @param[out] *pCosVal points to the processed cos output.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_sin_cos_f32(
+ float32_t theta,
+ float32_t * pSinVal,
+ float32_t * pCcosVal);
+
+ /*
+ * @brief Q31 sin_cos function.
+ * @param[in] theta scaled input value in degrees
+ * @param[out] *pSinVal points to the processed sine output.
+ * @param[out] *pCosVal points to the processed cosine output.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_sin_cos_q31(
+ q31_t theta,
+ q31_t * pSinVal,
+ q31_t * pCosVal);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point complex conjugate.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_conj_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 complex conjugate.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_conj_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 complex conjugate.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_conj_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point complex magnitude squared
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 complex magnitude squared
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 complex magnitude squared
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupController
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup PID PID Motor Control
+ *
+ * A Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) controller is a generic feedback control
+ * loop mechanism widely used in industrial control systems.
+ * A PID controller is the most commonly used type of feedback controller.
+ *
+ * This set of functions implements (PID) controllers
+ * for Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types. The functions operate on a single sample
+ * of data and each call to the function returns a single processed value.
+ * S points to an instance of the PID control data structure. in
+ * is the input sample value. The functions return the output value.
+ *
+ * \par Algorithm:
+ *
+ * y[n] = y[n-1] + A0 * x[n] + A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2]
+ * A0 = Kp + Ki + Kd
+ * A1 = (-Kp ) - (2 * Kd )
+ * A2 = Kd
+ *
+ * \par
+ * where \c Kp is proportional constant, \c Ki is Integral constant and \c Kd is Derivative constant
+ *
+ * \par
+ * \image html PID.gif "Proportional Integral Derivative Controller"
+ *
+ * \par
+ * The PID controller calculates an "error" value as the difference between
+ * the measured output and the reference input.
+ * The controller attempts to minimize the error by adjusting the process control inputs.
+ * The proportional value determines the reaction to the current error,
+ * the integral value determines the reaction based on the sum of recent errors,
+ * and the derivative value determines the reaction based on the rate at which the error has been changing.
+ *
+ * \par Instance Structure
+ * The Gains A0, A1, A2 and state variables for a PID controller are stored together in an instance data structure.
+ * A separate instance structure must be defined for each PID Controller.
+ * There are separate instance structure declarations for each of the 3 supported data types.
+ *
+ * \par Reset Functions
+ * There is also an associated reset function for each data type which clears the state array.
+ *
+ * \par Initialization Functions
+ * There is also an associated initialization function for each data type.
+ * The initialization function performs the following operations:
+ * - Initializes the Gains A0, A1, A2 from Kp,Ki, Kd gains.
+ * - Zeros out the values in the state buffer.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Instance structure cannot be placed into a const data section and it is recommended to use the initialization function.
+ *
+ * \par Fixed-Point Behavior
+ * Care must be taken when using the fixed-point versions of the PID Controller functions.
+ * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used in each function must be considered.
+ * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup PID
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Process function for the floating-point PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S is an instance of the floating-point PID Control structure
+ * @param[in] in input sample to process
+ * @return out processed output sample.
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE float32_t arm_pid_f32(
+ arm_pid_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t in)
+ {
+ float32_t out;
+
+ /* y[n] = y[n-1] + A0 * x[n] + A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2] */
+ out = (S->A0 * in) +
+ (S->A1 * S->state[0]) + (S->A2 * S->state[1]) + (S->state[2]);
+
+ /* Update state */
+ S->state[1] = S->state[0];
+ S->state[0] = in;
+ S->state[2] = out;
+
+ /* return to application */
+ return (out);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Process function for the Q31 PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q31 PID Control structure
+ * @param[in] in input sample to process
+ * @return out processed output sample.
+ *
+ * Scaling and Overflow Behavior:
+ * \par
+ * The function is implemented using an internal 64-bit accumulator.
+ * The accumulator has a 2.62 format and maintains full precision of the intermediate multiplication results but provides only a single guard bit.
+ * Thus, if the accumulator result overflows it wraps around rather than clip.
+ * In order to avoid overflows completely the input signal must be scaled down by 2 bits as there are four additions.
+ * After all multiply-accumulates are performed, the 2.62 accumulator is truncated to 1.32 format and then saturated to 1.31 format.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE q31_t arm_pid_q31(
+ arm_pid_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t in)
+ {
+ q63_t acc;
+ q31_t out;
+
+ /* acc = A0 * x[n] */
+ acc = (q63_t) S->A0 * in;
+
+ /* acc += A1 * x[n-1] */
+ acc += (q63_t) S->A1 * S->state[0];
+
+ /* acc += A2 * x[n-2] */
+ acc += (q63_t) S->A2 * S->state[1];
+
+ /* convert output to 1.31 format to add y[n-1] */
+ out = (q31_t) (acc >> 31u);
+
+ /* out += y[n-1] */
+ out += S->state[2];
+
+ /* Update state */
+ S->state[1] = S->state[0];
+ S->state[0] = in;
+ S->state[2] = out;
+
+ /* return to application */
+ return (out);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Process function for the Q15 PID Control.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the Q15 PID Control structure
+ * @param[in] in input sample to process
+ * @return out processed output sample.
+ *
+ * Scaling and Overflow Behavior:
+ * \par
+ * The function is implemented using a 64-bit internal accumulator.
+ * Both Gains and state variables are represented in 1.15 format and multiplications yield a 2.30 result.
+ * The 2.30 intermediate results are accumulated in a 64-bit accumulator in 34.30 format.
+ * There is no risk of internal overflow with this approach and the full precision of intermediate multiplications is preserved.
+ * After all additions have been performed, the accumulator is truncated to 34.15 format by discarding low 15 bits.
+ * Lastly, the accumulator is saturated to yield a result in 1.15 format.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE q15_t arm_pid_q15(
+ arm_pid_instance_q15 * S,
+ q15_t in)
+ {
+ q63_t acc;
+ q15_t out;
+
+#ifndef ARM_MATH_CM0_FAMILY
+ __SIMD32_TYPE *vstate;
+
+ /* Implementation of PID controller */
+
+ /* acc = A0 * x[n] */
+ acc = (q31_t) __SMUAD(S->A0, in);
+
+ /* acc += A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2] */
+ vstate = __SIMD32_CONST(S->state);
+ acc = __SMLALD(S->A1, (q31_t) *vstate, acc);
+
+#else
+ /* acc = A0 * x[n] */
+ acc = ((q31_t) S->A0) * in;
+
+ /* acc += A1 * x[n-1] + A2 * x[n-2] */
+ acc += (q31_t) S->A1 * S->state[0];
+ acc += (q31_t) S->A2 * S->state[1];
+
+#endif
+
+ /* acc += y[n-1] */
+ acc += (q31_t) S->state[2] << 15;
+
+ /* saturate the output */
+ out = (q15_t) (__SSAT((acc >> 15), 16));
+
+ /* Update state */
+ S->state[1] = S->state[0];
+ S->state[0] = in;
+ S->state[2] = out;
+
+ /* return to application */
+ return (out);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @} end of PID group
+ */
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix inverse.
+ * @param[in] *src points to the instance of the input floating-point matrix structure.
+ * @param[out] *dst points to the instance of the output floating-point matrix structure.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH, if the dimensions do not match.
+ * If the input matrix is singular (does not have an inverse), then the algorithm terminates and returns error status ARM_MATH_SINGULAR.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_inverse_f32(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f32 * src,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f32 * dst);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point matrix inverse.
+ * @param[in] *src points to the instance of the input floating-point matrix structure.
+ * @param[out] *dst points to the instance of the output floating-point matrix structure.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SIZE_MISMATCH, if the dimensions do not match.
+ * If the input matrix is singular (does not have an inverse), then the algorithm terminates and returns error status ARM_MATH_SINGULAR.
+ */
+
+ arm_status arm_mat_inverse_f64(
+ const arm_matrix_instance_f64 * src,
+ arm_matrix_instance_f64 * dst);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupController
+ */
+
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup clarke Vector Clarke Transform
+ * Forward Clarke transform converts the instantaneous stator phases into a two-coordinate time invariant vector.
+ * Generally the Clarke transform uses three-phase currents Ia, Ib and Ic to calculate currents
+ * in the two-phase orthogonal stator axis Ialpha and Ibeta.
+ * When Ialpha is superposed with Ia as shown in the figure below
+ * \image html clarke.gif Stator current space vector and its components in (a,b).
+ * and Ia + Ib + Ic = 0, in this condition Ialpha and Ibeta
+ * can be calculated using only Ia and Ib.
+ *
+ * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output.
+ * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types.
+ * \par Algorithm
+ * \image html clarkeFormula.gif
+ * where Ia and Ib are the instantaneous stator phases and
+ * pIalpha and pIbeta are the two coordinates of time invariant vector.
+ * \par Fixed-Point Behavior
+ * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Clarke transform.
+ * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered.
+ * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup clarke
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * @brief Floating-point Clarke transform
+ * @param[in] Ia input three-phase coordinate a
+ * @param[in] Ib input three-phase coordinate b
+ * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha
+ * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_clarke_f32(
+ float32_t Ia,
+ float32_t Ib,
+ float32_t * pIalpha,
+ float32_t * pIbeta)
+ {
+ /* Calculate pIalpha using the equation, pIalpha = Ia */
+ *pIalpha = Ia;
+
+ /* Calculate pIbeta using the equation, pIbeta = (1/sqrt(3)) * Ia + (2/sqrt(3)) * Ib */
+ *pIbeta =
+ ((float32_t) 0.57735026919 * Ia + (float32_t) 1.15470053838 * Ib);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Clarke transform for Q31 version
+ * @param[in] Ia input three-phase coordinate a
+ * @param[in] Ib input three-phase coordinate b
+ * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha
+ * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta
+ * @return none.
+ *
+ * Scaling and Overflow Behavior:
+ * \par
+ * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator.
+ * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format.
+ * There is saturation on the addition, hence there is no risk of overflow.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_clarke_q31(
+ q31_t Ia,
+ q31_t Ib,
+ q31_t * pIalpha,
+ q31_t * pIbeta)
+ {
+ q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */
+
+ /* Calculating pIalpha from Ia by equation pIalpha = Ia */
+ *pIalpha = Ia;
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (1/(sqrt(3)) * Ia) */
+ product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) Ia * 0x24F34E8B) >> 30);
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (2/sqrt(3) * Ib) */
+ product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) Ib * 0x49E69D16) >> 30);
+
+ /* pIbeta is calculated by adding the intermediate products */
+ *pIbeta = __QADD(product1, product2);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @} end of clarke group
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q7 vector to Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q7_to_q31(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupController
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup inv_clarke Vector Inverse Clarke Transform
+ * Inverse Clarke transform converts the two-coordinate time invariant vector into instantaneous stator phases.
+ *
+ * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output.
+ * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types.
+ * \par Algorithm
+ * \image html clarkeInvFormula.gif
+ * where pIa and pIb are the instantaneous stator phases and
+ * Ialpha and Ibeta are the two coordinates of time invariant vector.
+ * \par Fixed-Point Behavior
+ * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Clarke transform.
+ * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered.
+ * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup inv_clarke
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point Inverse Clarke transform
+ * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha
+ * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta
+ * @param[out] *pIa points to output three-phase coordinate a
+ * @param[out] *pIb points to output three-phase coordinate b
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_inv_clarke_f32(
+ float32_t Ialpha,
+ float32_t Ibeta,
+ float32_t * pIa,
+ float32_t * pIb)
+ {
+ /* Calculating pIa from Ialpha by equation pIa = Ialpha */
+ *pIa = Ialpha;
+
+ /* Calculating pIb from Ialpha and Ibeta by equation pIb = -(1/2) * Ialpha + (sqrt(3)/2) * Ibeta */
+ *pIb = -0.5 * Ialpha + (float32_t) 0.8660254039 *Ibeta;
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Inverse Clarke transform for Q31 version
+ * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha
+ * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta
+ * @param[out] *pIa points to output three-phase coordinate a
+ * @param[out] *pIb points to output three-phase coordinate b
+ * @return none.
+ *
+ * Scaling and Overflow Behavior:
+ * \par
+ * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator.
+ * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format.
+ * There is saturation on the subtraction, hence there is no risk of overflow.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_inv_clarke_q31(
+ q31_t Ialpha,
+ q31_t Ibeta,
+ q31_t * pIa,
+ q31_t * pIb)
+ {
+ q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */
+
+ /* Calculating pIa from Ialpha by equation pIa = Ialpha */
+ *pIa = Ialpha;
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (1/(2*sqrt(3)) * Ia) */
+ product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ialpha) * (0x40000000)) >> 31);
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (1/sqrt(3) * pIb) */
+ product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ibeta) * (0x6ED9EBA1)) >> 31);
+
+ /* pIb is calculated by subtracting the products */
+ *pIb = __QSUB(product2, product1);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @} end of inv_clarke group
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q7 vector to Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q7_to_q15(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupController
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup park Vector Park Transform
+ *
+ * Forward Park transform converts the input two-coordinate vector to flux and torque components.
+ * The Park transform can be used to realize the transformation of the Ialpha and the Ibeta currents
+ * from the stationary to the moving reference frame and control the spatial relationship between
+ * the stator vector current and rotor flux vector.
+ * If we consider the d axis aligned with the rotor flux, the diagram below shows the
+ * current vector and the relationship from the two reference frames:
+ * \image html park.gif "Stator current space vector and its component in (a,b) and in the d,q rotating reference frame"
+ *
+ * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output.
+ * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types.
+ * \par Algorithm
+ * \image html parkFormula.gif
+ * where Ialpha and Ibeta are the stator vector components,
+ * pId and pIq are rotor vector components and cosVal and sinVal are the
+ * cosine and sine values of theta (rotor flux position).
+ * \par Fixed-Point Behavior
+ * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Park transform.
+ * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered.
+ * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup park
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point Park transform
+ * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase vector coordinate alpha
+ * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase vector coordinate beta
+ * @param[out] *pId points to output rotor reference frame d
+ * @param[out] *pIq points to output rotor reference frame q
+ * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @return none.
+ *
+ * The function implements the forward Park transform.
+ *
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_park_f32(
+ float32_t Ialpha,
+ float32_t Ibeta,
+ float32_t * pId,
+ float32_t * pIq,
+ float32_t sinVal,
+ float32_t cosVal)
+ {
+ /* Calculate pId using the equation, pId = Ialpha * cosVal + Ibeta * sinVal */
+ *pId = Ialpha * cosVal + Ibeta * sinVal;
+
+ /* Calculate pIq using the equation, pIq = - Ialpha * sinVal + Ibeta * cosVal */
+ *pIq = -Ialpha * sinVal + Ibeta * cosVal;
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Park transform for Q31 version
+ * @param[in] Ialpha input two-phase vector coordinate alpha
+ * @param[in] Ibeta input two-phase vector coordinate beta
+ * @param[out] *pId points to output rotor reference frame d
+ * @param[out] *pIq points to output rotor reference frame q
+ * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @return none.
+ *
+ * Scaling and Overflow Behavior:
+ * \par
+ * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator.
+ * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format.
+ * There is saturation on the addition and subtraction, hence there is no risk of overflow.
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_park_q31(
+ q31_t Ialpha,
+ q31_t Ibeta,
+ q31_t * pId,
+ q31_t * pIq,
+ q31_t sinVal,
+ q31_t cosVal)
+ {
+ q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */
+ q31_t product3, product4; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ialpha * cosVal) */
+ product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ialpha) * (cosVal)) >> 31);
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ibeta * sinVal) */
+ product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ibeta) * (sinVal)) >> 31);
+
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ialpha * sinVal) */
+ product3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ialpha) * (sinVal)) >> 31);
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Ibeta * cosVal) */
+ product4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Ibeta) * (cosVal)) >> 31);
+
+ /* Calculate pId by adding the two intermediate products 1 and 2 */
+ *pId = __QADD(product1, product2);
+
+ /* Calculate pIq by subtracting the two intermediate products 3 from 4 */
+ *pIq = __QSUB(product4, product3);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @} end of park group
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q7 vector to floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q7_to_float(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupController
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup inv_park Vector Inverse Park transform
+ * Inverse Park transform converts the input flux and torque components to two-coordinate vector.
+ *
+ * The function operates on a single sample of data and each call to the function returns the processed output.
+ * The library provides separate functions for Q31 and floating-point data types.
+ * \par Algorithm
+ * \image html parkInvFormula.gif
+ * where pIalpha and pIbeta are the stator vector components,
+ * Id and Iq are rotor vector components and cosVal and sinVal are the
+ * cosine and sine values of theta (rotor flux position).
+ * \par Fixed-Point Behavior
+ * Care must be taken when using the Q31 version of the Park transform.
+ * In particular, the overflow and saturation behavior of the accumulator used must be considered.
+ * Refer to the function specific documentation below for usage guidelines.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup inv_park
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point Inverse Park transform
+ * @param[in] Id input coordinate of rotor reference frame d
+ * @param[in] Iq input coordinate of rotor reference frame q
+ * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha
+ * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta
+ * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_inv_park_f32(
+ float32_t Id,
+ float32_t Iq,
+ float32_t * pIalpha,
+ float32_t * pIbeta,
+ float32_t sinVal,
+ float32_t cosVal)
+ {
+ /* Calculate pIalpha using the equation, pIalpha = Id * cosVal - Iq * sinVal */
+ *pIalpha = Id * cosVal - Iq * sinVal;
+
+ /* Calculate pIbeta using the equation, pIbeta = Id * sinVal + Iq * cosVal */
+ *pIbeta = Id * sinVal + Iq * cosVal;
+
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Inverse Park transform for Q31 version
+ * @param[in] Id input coordinate of rotor reference frame d
+ * @param[in] Iq input coordinate of rotor reference frame q
+ * @param[out] *pIalpha points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis alpha
+ * @param[out] *pIbeta points to output two-phase orthogonal vector axis beta
+ * @param[in] sinVal sine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @param[in] cosVal cosine value of rotation angle theta
+ * @return none.
+ *
+ * Scaling and Overflow Behavior:
+ * \par
+ * The function is implemented using an internal 32-bit accumulator.
+ * The accumulator maintains 1.31 format by truncating lower 31 bits of the intermediate multiplication in 2.62 format.
+ * There is saturation on the addition, hence there is no risk of overflow.
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_inv_park_q31(
+ q31_t Id,
+ q31_t Iq,
+ q31_t * pIalpha,
+ q31_t * pIbeta,
+ q31_t sinVal,
+ q31_t cosVal)
+ {
+ q31_t product1, product2; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */
+ q31_t product3, product4; /* Temporary variables used to store intermediate results */
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Id * cosVal) */
+ product1 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Id) * (cosVal)) >> 31);
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Iq * sinVal) */
+ product2 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Iq) * (sinVal)) >> 31);
+
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Id * sinVal) */
+ product3 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Id) * (sinVal)) >> 31);
+
+ /* Intermediate product is calculated by (Iq * cosVal) */
+ product4 = (q31_t) (((q63_t) (Iq) * (cosVal)) >> 31);
+
+ /* Calculate pIalpha by using the two intermediate products 1 and 2 */
+ *pIalpha = __QSUB(product1, product2);
+
+ /* Calculate pIbeta by using the two intermediate products 3 and 4 */
+ *pIbeta = __QADD(product4, product3);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @} end of Inverse park group
+ */
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q31 vector to floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q31_to_float(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupInterpolation
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup LinearInterpolate Linear Interpolation
+ *
+ * Linear interpolation is a method of curve fitting using linear polynomials.
+ * Linear interpolation works by effectively drawing a straight line between two neighboring samples and returning the appropriate point along that line
+ *
+ * \par
+ * \image html LinearInterp.gif "Linear interpolation"
+ *
+ * \par
+ * A Linear Interpolate function calculates an output value(y), for the input(x)
+ * using linear interpolation of the input values x0, x1( nearest input values) and the output values y0 and y1(nearest output values)
+ *
+ * \par Algorithm:
+ *
+ * y = y0 + (x - x0) * ((y1 - y0)/(x1-x0))
+ * where x0, x1 are nearest values of input x
+ * y0, y1 are nearest values to output y
+ *
+ *
+ * \par
+ * This set of functions implements Linear interpolation process
+ * for Q7, Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types. The functions operate on a single
+ * sample of data and each call to the function returns a single processed value.
+ * S points to an instance of the Linear Interpolate function data structure.
+ * x is the input sample value. The functions returns the output value.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * if x is outside of the table boundary, Linear interpolation returns first value of the table
+ * if x is below input range and returns last value of table if x is above range.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup LinearInterpolate
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Process function for the floating-point Linear Interpolation Function.
+ * @param[in,out] *S is an instance of the floating-point Linear Interpolation structure
+ * @param[in] x input sample to process
+ * @return y processed output sample.
+ *
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE float32_t arm_linear_interp_f32(
+ arm_linear_interp_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t x)
+ {
+
+ float32_t y;
+ float32_t x0, x1; /* Nearest input values */
+ float32_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */
+ float32_t xSpacing = S->xSpacing; /* spacing between input values */
+ int32_t i; /* Index variable */
+ float32_t *pYData = S->pYData; /* pointer to output table */
+
+ /* Calculation of index */
+ i = (int32_t) ((x - S->x1) / xSpacing);
+
+ if(i < 0)
+ {
+ /* Iniatilize output for below specified range as least output value of table */
+ y = pYData[0];
+ }
+ else if((uint32_t)i >= S->nValues)
+ {
+ /* Iniatilize output for above specified range as last output value of table */
+ y = pYData[S->nValues - 1];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Calculation of nearest input values */
+ x0 = S->x1 + i * xSpacing;
+ x1 = S->x1 + (i + 1) * xSpacing;
+
+ /* Read of nearest output values */
+ y0 = pYData[i];
+ y1 = pYData[i + 1];
+
+ /* Calculation of output */
+ y = y0 + (x - x0) * ((y1 - y0) / (x1 - x0));
+
+ }
+
+ /* returns output value */
+ return (y);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * @brief Process function for the Q31 Linear Interpolation Function.
+ * @param[in] *pYData pointer to Q31 Linear Interpolation table
+ * @param[in] x input sample to process
+ * @param[in] nValues number of table values
+ * @return y processed output sample.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Input sample x is in 12.20 format which contains 12 bits for table index and 20 bits for fractional part.
+ * This function can support maximum of table size 2^12.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE q31_t arm_linear_interp_q31(
+ q31_t * pYData,
+ q31_t x,
+ uint32_t nValues)
+ {
+ q31_t y; /* output */
+ q31_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */
+ q31_t fract; /* fractional part */
+ int32_t index; /* Index to read nearest output values */
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ index = ((x & 0xFFF00000) >> 20);
+
+ if(index >= (int32_t)(nValues - 1))
+ {
+ return (pYData[nValues - 1]);
+ }
+ else if(index < 0)
+ {
+ return (pYData[0]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* shift left by 11 to keep fract in 1.31 format */
+ fract = (x & 0x000FFFFF) << 11;
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index in 1.31(q31) format */
+ y0 = pYData[index];
+ y1 = pYData[index + 1u];
+
+ /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract) and y is in 2.30 format */
+ y = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) y0 * (0x7FFFFFFF - fract) >> 32));
+
+ /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract) + y1 *fract and y is in 2.30 format */
+ y += ((q31_t) (((q63_t) y1 * fract) >> 32));
+
+ /* Convert y to 1.31 format */
+ return (y << 1u);
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * @brief Process function for the Q15 Linear Interpolation Function.
+ * @param[in] *pYData pointer to Q15 Linear Interpolation table
+ * @param[in] x input sample to process
+ * @param[in] nValues number of table values
+ * @return y processed output sample.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Input sample x is in 12.20 format which contains 12 bits for table index and 20 bits for fractional part.
+ * This function can support maximum of table size 2^12.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE q15_t arm_linear_interp_q15(
+ q15_t * pYData,
+ q31_t x,
+ uint32_t nValues)
+ {
+ q63_t y; /* output */
+ q15_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */
+ q31_t fract; /* fractional part */
+ int32_t index; /* Index to read nearest output values */
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ index = ((x & 0xFFF00000) >> 20u);
+
+ if(index >= (int32_t)(nValues - 1))
+ {
+ return (pYData[nValues - 1]);
+ }
+ else if(index < 0)
+ {
+ return (pYData[0]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* fract is in 12.20 format */
+ fract = (x & 0x000FFFFF);
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index */
+ y0 = pYData[index];
+ y1 = pYData[index + 1u];
+
+ /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract) and y is in 13.35 format */
+ y = ((q63_t) y0 * (0xFFFFF - fract));
+
+ /* Calculation of (y0 * (1-fract) + y1 * fract) and y is in 13.35 format */
+ y += ((q63_t) y1 * (fract));
+
+ /* convert y to 1.15 format */
+ return (y >> 20);
+ }
+
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * @brief Process function for the Q7 Linear Interpolation Function.
+ * @param[in] *pYData pointer to Q7 Linear Interpolation table
+ * @param[in] x input sample to process
+ * @param[in] nValues number of table values
+ * @return y processed output sample.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Input sample x is in 12.20 format which contains 12 bits for table index and 20 bits for fractional part.
+ * This function can support maximum of table size 2^12.
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE q7_t arm_linear_interp_q7(
+ q7_t * pYData,
+ q31_t x,
+ uint32_t nValues)
+ {
+ q31_t y; /* output */
+ q7_t y0, y1; /* Nearest output values */
+ q31_t fract; /* fractional part */
+ uint32_t index; /* Index to read nearest output values */
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ if (x < 0)
+ {
+ return (pYData[0]);
+ }
+ index = (x >> 20) & 0xfff;
+
+
+ if(index >= (nValues - 1))
+ {
+ return (pYData[nValues - 1]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* fract is in 12.20 format */
+ fract = (x & 0x000FFFFF);
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index and are in 1.7(q7) format */
+ y0 = pYData[index];
+ y1 = pYData[index + 1u];
+
+ /* Calculation of y0 * (1-fract ) and y is in 13.27(q27) format */
+ y = ((y0 * (0xFFFFF - fract)));
+
+ /* Calculation of y1 * fract + y0 * (1-fract) and y is in 13.27(q27) format */
+ y += (y1 * fract);
+
+ /* convert y to 1.7(q7) format */
+ return (y >> 20u);
+
+ }
+
+ }
+ /**
+ * @} end of LinearInterpolate group
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric sine function for floating-point data.
+ * @param[in] x input value in radians.
+ * @return sin(x).
+ */
+
+ float32_t arm_sin_f32(
+ float32_t x);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric sine function for Q31 data.
+ * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians.
+ * @return sin(x).
+ */
+
+ q31_t arm_sin_q31(
+ q31_t x);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric sine function for Q15 data.
+ * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians.
+ * @return sin(x).
+ */
+
+ q15_t arm_sin_q15(
+ q15_t x);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric cosine function for floating-point data.
+ * @param[in] x input value in radians.
+ * @return cos(x).
+ */
+
+ float32_t arm_cos_f32(
+ float32_t x);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric cosine function for Q31 data.
+ * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians.
+ * @return cos(x).
+ */
+
+ q31_t arm_cos_q31(
+ q31_t x);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Fast approximation to the trigonometric cosine function for Q15 data.
+ * @param[in] x Scaled input value in radians.
+ * @return cos(x).
+ */
+
+ q15_t arm_cos_q15(
+ q15_t x);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupFastMath
+ */
+
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup SQRT Square Root
+ *
+ * Computes the square root of a number.
+ * There are separate functions for Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types.
+ * The square root function is computed using the Newton-Raphson algorithm.
+ * This is an iterative algorithm of the form:
+ *
+ * x1 = x0 - f(x0)/f'(x0)
+ *
+ * where x1 is the current estimate,
+ * x0 is the previous estimate, and
+ * f'(x0) is the derivative of f() evaluated at x0.
+ * For the square root function, the algorithm reduces to:
+ *
+ * x0 = in/2 [initial guess]
+ * x1 = 1/2 * ( x0 + in / x0) [each iteration]
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup SQRT
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point square root function.
+ * @param[in] in input value.
+ * @param[out] *pOut square root of input value.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if input value is positive value or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if
+ * in is negative value and returns zero output for negative values.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE arm_status arm_sqrt_f32(
+ float32_t in,
+ float32_t * pOut)
+ {
+ if(in > 0)
+ {
+
+// #if __FPU_USED
+#if (__FPU_USED == 1) && defined ( __CC_ARM )
+ *pOut = __sqrtf(in);
+#else
+ *pOut = sqrtf(in);
+#endif
+
+ return (ARM_MATH_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pOut = 0.0f;
+ return (ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR);
+ }
+
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 square root function.
+ * @param[in] in input value. The range of the input value is [0 +1) or 0x00000000 to 0x7FFFFFFF.
+ * @param[out] *pOut square root of input value.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if input value is positive value or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if
+ * in is negative value and returns zero output for negative values.
+ */
+ arm_status arm_sqrt_q31(
+ q31_t in,
+ q31_t * pOut);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 square root function.
+ * @param[in] in input value. The range of the input value is [0 +1) or 0x0000 to 0x7FFF.
+ * @param[out] *pOut square root of input value.
+ * @return The function returns ARM_MATH_SUCCESS if input value is positive value or ARM_MATH_ARGUMENT_ERROR if
+ * in is negative value and returns zero output for negative values.
+ */
+ arm_status arm_sqrt_q15(
+ q15_t in,
+ q15_t * pOut);
+
+ /**
+ * @} end of SQRT group
+ */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief floating-point Circular write function.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_circularWrite_f32(
+ int32_t * circBuffer,
+ int32_t L,
+ uint16_t * writeOffset,
+ int32_t bufferInc,
+ const int32_t * src,
+ int32_t srcInc,
+ uint32_t blockSize)
+ {
+ uint32_t i = 0u;
+ int32_t wOffset;
+
+ /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points
+ * to the current location where the input samples to be copied */
+ wOffset = *writeOffset;
+
+ /* Loop over the blockSize */
+ i = blockSize;
+
+ while(i > 0u)
+ {
+ /* copy the input sample to the circular buffer */
+ circBuffer[wOffset] = *src;
+
+ /* Update the input pointer */
+ src += srcInc;
+
+ /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */
+ wOffset += bufferInc;
+ if(wOffset >= L)
+ wOffset -= L;
+
+ /* Decrement the loop counter */
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the index pointer */
+ *writeOffset = wOffset;
+ }
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief floating-point Circular Read function.
+ */
+ static __INLINE void arm_circularRead_f32(
+ int32_t * circBuffer,
+ int32_t L,
+ int32_t * readOffset,
+ int32_t bufferInc,
+ int32_t * dst,
+ int32_t * dst_base,
+ int32_t dst_length,
+ int32_t dstInc,
+ uint32_t blockSize)
+ {
+ uint32_t i = 0u;
+ int32_t rOffset, dst_end;
+
+ /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points
+ * to the current location from where the input samples to be read */
+ rOffset = *readOffset;
+ dst_end = (int32_t) (dst_base + dst_length);
+
+ /* Loop over the blockSize */
+ i = blockSize;
+
+ while(i > 0u)
+ {
+ /* copy the sample from the circular buffer to the destination buffer */
+ *dst = circBuffer[rOffset];
+
+ /* Update the input pointer */
+ dst += dstInc;
+
+ if(dst == (int32_t *) dst_end)
+ {
+ dst = dst_base;
+ }
+
+ /* Circularly update rOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */
+ rOffset += bufferInc;
+
+ if(rOffset >= L)
+ {
+ rOffset -= L;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the loop counter */
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the index pointer */
+ *readOffset = rOffset;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 Circular write function.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_circularWrite_q15(
+ q15_t * circBuffer,
+ int32_t L,
+ uint16_t * writeOffset,
+ int32_t bufferInc,
+ const q15_t * src,
+ int32_t srcInc,
+ uint32_t blockSize)
+ {
+ uint32_t i = 0u;
+ int32_t wOffset;
+
+ /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points
+ * to the current location where the input samples to be copied */
+ wOffset = *writeOffset;
+
+ /* Loop over the blockSize */
+ i = blockSize;
+
+ while(i > 0u)
+ {
+ /* copy the input sample to the circular buffer */
+ circBuffer[wOffset] = *src;
+
+ /* Update the input pointer */
+ src += srcInc;
+
+ /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */
+ wOffset += bufferInc;
+ if(wOffset >= L)
+ wOffset -= L;
+
+ /* Decrement the loop counter */
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the index pointer */
+ *writeOffset = wOffset;
+ }
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 Circular Read function.
+ */
+ static __INLINE void arm_circularRead_q15(
+ q15_t * circBuffer,
+ int32_t L,
+ int32_t * readOffset,
+ int32_t bufferInc,
+ q15_t * dst,
+ q15_t * dst_base,
+ int32_t dst_length,
+ int32_t dstInc,
+ uint32_t blockSize)
+ {
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+ int32_t rOffset, dst_end;
+
+ /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points
+ * to the current location from where the input samples to be read */
+ rOffset = *readOffset;
+
+ dst_end = (int32_t) (dst_base + dst_length);
+
+ /* Loop over the blockSize */
+ i = blockSize;
+
+ while(i > 0u)
+ {
+ /* copy the sample from the circular buffer to the destination buffer */
+ *dst = circBuffer[rOffset];
+
+ /* Update the input pointer */
+ dst += dstInc;
+
+ if(dst == (q15_t *) dst_end)
+ {
+ dst = dst_base;
+ }
+
+ /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */
+ rOffset += bufferInc;
+
+ if(rOffset >= L)
+ {
+ rOffset -= L;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the loop counter */
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the index pointer */
+ *readOffset = rOffset;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q7 Circular write function.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE void arm_circularWrite_q7(
+ q7_t * circBuffer,
+ int32_t L,
+ uint16_t * writeOffset,
+ int32_t bufferInc,
+ const q7_t * src,
+ int32_t srcInc,
+ uint32_t blockSize)
+ {
+ uint32_t i = 0u;
+ int32_t wOffset;
+
+ /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points
+ * to the current location where the input samples to be copied */
+ wOffset = *writeOffset;
+
+ /* Loop over the blockSize */
+ i = blockSize;
+
+ while(i > 0u)
+ {
+ /* copy the input sample to the circular buffer */
+ circBuffer[wOffset] = *src;
+
+ /* Update the input pointer */
+ src += srcInc;
+
+ /* Circularly update wOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */
+ wOffset += bufferInc;
+ if(wOffset >= L)
+ wOffset -= L;
+
+ /* Decrement the loop counter */
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the index pointer */
+ *writeOffset = wOffset;
+ }
+
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q7 Circular Read function.
+ */
+ static __INLINE void arm_circularRead_q7(
+ q7_t * circBuffer,
+ int32_t L,
+ int32_t * readOffset,
+ int32_t bufferInc,
+ q7_t * dst,
+ q7_t * dst_base,
+ int32_t dst_length,
+ int32_t dstInc,
+ uint32_t blockSize)
+ {
+ uint32_t i = 0;
+ int32_t rOffset, dst_end;
+
+ /* Copy the value of Index pointer that points
+ * to the current location from where the input samples to be read */
+ rOffset = *readOffset;
+
+ dst_end = (int32_t) (dst_base + dst_length);
+
+ /* Loop over the blockSize */
+ i = blockSize;
+
+ while(i > 0u)
+ {
+ /* copy the sample from the circular buffer to the destination buffer */
+ *dst = circBuffer[rOffset];
+
+ /* Update the input pointer */
+ dst += dstInc;
+
+ if(dst == (q7_t *) dst_end)
+ {
+ dst = dst_base;
+ }
+
+ /* Circularly update rOffset. Watch out for positive and negative value */
+ rOffset += bufferInc;
+
+ if(rOffset >= L)
+ {
+ rOffset -= L;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the loop counter */
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the index pointer */
+ *readOffset = rOffset;
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_power_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q63_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_power_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_power_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q63_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Sum of the squares of the elements of a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_power_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Mean value of a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_mean_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q7_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Mean value of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_mean_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q15_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Mean value of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_mean_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Mean value of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_mean_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Variance of the elements of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_var_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Variance of the elements of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_var_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Variance of the elements of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_var_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q15_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Root Mean Square of the elements of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_rms_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Root Mean Square of the elements of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_rms_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Root Mean Square of the elements of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_rms_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q15_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Standard deviation of the elements of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_std_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Standard deviation of the elements of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_std_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Standard deviation of the elements of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output value.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_std_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q15_t * pResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point complex magnitude
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mag_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 complex magnitude
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mag_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 complex magnitude
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the real output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in the input vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mag_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 complex dot product
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @param[out] *realResult real part of the result returned here
+ * @param[out] *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t numSamples,
+ q31_t * realResult,
+ q31_t * imagResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 complex dot product
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @param[out] *realResult real part of the result returned here
+ * @param[out] *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t numSamples,
+ q63_t * realResult,
+ q63_t * imagResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point complex dot product
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @param[out] *realResult real part of the result returned here
+ * @param[out] *imagResult imaginary part of the result returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_dot_prod_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ uint32_t numSamples,
+ float32_t * realResult,
+ float32_t * imagResult);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 complex-by-real multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector
+ * @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mult_real_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcCmplx,
+ q15_t * pSrcReal,
+ q15_t * pCmplxDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 complex-by-real multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector
+ * @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mult_real_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcCmplx,
+ q31_t * pSrcReal,
+ q31_t * pCmplxDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point complex-by-real multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcCmplx points to the complex input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcReal points to the real input vector
+ * @param[out] *pCmplxDst points to the complex output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mult_real_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcCmplx,
+ float32_t * pSrcReal,
+ float32_t * pCmplxDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Minimum value of a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *result is output pointer
+ * @param[in] index is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_min_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q7_t * result,
+ uint32_t * index);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Minimum value of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output pointer
+ * @param[in] *pIndex is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_min_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q15_t * pResult,
+ uint32_t * pIndex);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Minimum value of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output pointer
+ * @param[out] *pIndex is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_min_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * pResult,
+ uint32_t * pIndex);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Minimum value of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @param[out] *pResult is output pointer
+ * @param[out] *pIndex is the array index of the minimum value in the input buffer.
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_min_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * pResult,
+ uint32_t * pIndex);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Maximum value of a Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here
+ * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_max_q7(
+ q7_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q7_t * pResult,
+ uint32_t * pIndex);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Maximum value of a Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here
+ * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_max_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q15_t * pResult,
+ uint32_t * pIndex);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Maximum value of a Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here
+ * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_max_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ q31_t * pResult,
+ uint32_t * pIndex);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Maximum value of a floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the input buffer
+ * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector
+ * @param[out] *pResult maximum value returned here
+ * @param[out] *pIndex index of maximum value returned here
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_max_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ uint32_t blockSize,
+ float32_t * pResult,
+ uint32_t * pIndex);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 complex-by-complex multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q15(
+ q15_t * pSrcA,
+ q15_t * pSrcB,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q31 complex-by-complex multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q31(
+ q31_t * pSrcA,
+ q31_t * pSrcB,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Floating-point complex-by-complex multiplication
+ * @param[in] *pSrcA points to the first input vector
+ * @param[in] *pSrcB points to the second input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the output vector
+ * @param[in] numSamples number of complex samples in each vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+
+ void arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_f32(
+ float32_t * pSrcA,
+ float32_t * pSrcB,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t numSamples);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the floating-point vector to Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the floating-point input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the Q31 output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_float_to_q31(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the floating-point vector to Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the floating-point input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the Q15 output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector
+ * @return none
+ */
+ void arm_float_to_q15(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the floating-point vector to Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc points to the floating-point input vector
+ * @param[out] *pDst points to the Q7 output vector
+ * @param[in] blockSize length of the input vector
+ * @return none
+ */
+ void arm_float_to_q7(
+ float32_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q31 vector to Q15 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q31_to_q15(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q15_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q31 vector to Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q31_to_q7(
+ q31_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q15 vector to floating-point vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q15_to_float(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ float32_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q15 vector to Q31 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q15_to_q31(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q31_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Converts the elements of the Q15 vector to Q7 vector.
+ * @param[in] *pSrc is input pointer
+ * @param[out] *pDst is output pointer
+ * @param[in] blockSize is the number of samples to process
+ * @return none.
+ */
+ void arm_q15_to_q7(
+ q15_t * pSrc,
+ q7_t * pDst,
+ uint32_t blockSize);
+
+
+ /**
+ * @ingroup groupInterpolation
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @defgroup BilinearInterpolate Bilinear Interpolation
+ *
+ * Bilinear interpolation is an extension of linear interpolation applied to a two dimensional grid.
+ * The underlying function f(x, y) is sampled on a regular grid and the interpolation process
+ * determines values between the grid points.
+ * Bilinear interpolation is equivalent to two step linear interpolation, first in the x-dimension and then in the y-dimension.
+ * Bilinear interpolation is often used in image processing to rescale images.
+ * The CMSIS DSP library provides bilinear interpolation functions for Q7, Q15, Q31, and floating-point data types.
+ *
+ * Algorithm
+ * \par
+ * The instance structure used by the bilinear interpolation functions describes a two dimensional data table.
+ * For floating-point, the instance structure is defined as:
+ *
+ * typedef struct
+ * {
+ * uint16_t numRows;
+ * uint16_t numCols;
+ * float32_t *pData;
+ * } arm_bilinear_interp_instance_f32;
+ *
+ *
+ * \par
+ * where numRows specifies the number of rows in the table;
+ * numCols specifies the number of columns in the table;
+ * and pData points to an array of size numRows*numCols values.
+ * The data table pTable is organized in row order and the supplied data values fall on integer indexes.
+ * That is, table element (x,y) is located at pTable[x + y*numCols] where x and y are integers.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * Let (x, y) specify the desired interpolation point. Then define:
+ *
+ * XF = floor(x)
+ * YF = floor(y)
+ *
+ * \par
+ * The interpolated output point is computed as:
+ *
+ * f(x, y) = f(XF, YF) * (1-(x-XF)) * (1-(y-YF))
+ * + f(XF+1, YF) * (x-XF)*(1-(y-YF))
+ * + f(XF, YF+1) * (1-(x-XF))*(y-YF)
+ * + f(XF+1, YF+1) * (x-XF)*(y-YF)
+ *
+ * Note that the coordinates (x, y) contain integer and fractional components.
+ * The integer components specify which portion of the table to use while the
+ * fractional components control the interpolation processor.
+ *
+ * \par
+ * if (x,y) are outside of the table boundary, Bilinear interpolation returns zero output.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @addtogroup BilinearInterpolate
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * @brief Floating-point bilinear interpolation.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure.
+ * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate.
+ * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate.
+ * @return out interpolated value.
+ */
+
+
+ static __INLINE float32_t arm_bilinear_interp_f32(
+ const arm_bilinear_interp_instance_f32 * S,
+ float32_t X,
+ float32_t Y)
+ {
+ float32_t out;
+ float32_t f00, f01, f10, f11;
+ float32_t *pData = S->pData;
+ int32_t xIndex, yIndex, index;
+ float32_t xdiff, ydiff;
+ float32_t b1, b2, b3, b4;
+
+ xIndex = (int32_t) X;
+ yIndex = (int32_t) Y;
+
+ /* Care taken for table outside boundary */
+ /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */
+ if(xIndex < 0 || xIndex > (S->numRows - 1) || yIndex < 0
+ || yIndex > (S->numCols - 1))
+ {
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* Calculation of index for two nearest points in X-direction */
+ index = (xIndex - 1) + (yIndex - 1) * S->numCols;
+
+
+ /* Read two nearest points in X-direction */
+ f00 = pData[index];
+ f01 = pData[index + 1];
+
+ /* Calculation of index for two nearest points in Y-direction */
+ index = (xIndex - 1) + (yIndex) * S->numCols;
+
+
+ /* Read two nearest points in Y-direction */
+ f10 = pData[index];
+ f11 = pData[index + 1];
+
+ /* Calculation of intermediate values */
+ b1 = f00;
+ b2 = f01 - f00;
+ b3 = f10 - f00;
+ b4 = f00 - f01 - f10 + f11;
+
+ /* Calculation of fractional part in X */
+ xdiff = X - xIndex;
+
+ /* Calculation of fractional part in Y */
+ ydiff = Y - yIndex;
+
+ /* Calculation of bi-linear interpolated output */
+ out = b1 + b2 * xdiff + b3 * ydiff + b4 * xdiff * ydiff;
+
+ /* return to application */
+ return (out);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ *
+ * @brief Q31 bilinear interpolation.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure.
+ * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format.
+ * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format.
+ * @return out interpolated value.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE q31_t arm_bilinear_interp_q31(
+ arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q31 * S,
+ q31_t X,
+ q31_t Y)
+ {
+ q31_t out; /* Temporary output */
+ q31_t acc = 0; /* output */
+ q31_t xfract, yfract; /* X, Y fractional parts */
+ q31_t x1, x2, y1, y2; /* Nearest output values */
+ int32_t rI, cI; /* Row and column indices */
+ q31_t *pYData = S->pData; /* pointer to output table values */
+ uint32_t nCols = S->numCols; /* num of rows */
+
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ rI = ((X & 0xFFF00000) >> 20u);
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ cI = ((Y & 0xFFF00000) >> 20u);
+
+ /* Care taken for table outside boundary */
+ /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */
+ if(rI < 0 || rI > (S->numRows - 1) || cI < 0 || cI > (S->numCols - 1))
+ {
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* shift left xfract by 11 to keep 1.31 format */
+ xfract = (X & 0x000FFFFF) << 11u;
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index */
+ x1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI)];
+ x2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI) + 1u];
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* shift left yfract by 11 to keep 1.31 format */
+ yfract = (Y & 0x000FFFFF) << 11u;
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index */
+ y1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1)];
+ y2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1) + 1u];
+
+ /* Calculation of x1 * (1-xfract ) * (1-yfract) and acc is in 3.29(q29) format */
+ out = ((q31_t) (((q63_t) x1 * (0x7FFFFFFF - xfract)) >> 32));
+ acc = ((q31_t) (((q63_t) out * (0x7FFFFFFF - yfract)) >> 32));
+
+ /* x2 * (xfract) * (1-yfract) in 3.29(q29) and adding to acc */
+ out = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) x2 * (0x7FFFFFFF - yfract) >> 32));
+ acc += ((q31_t) ((q63_t) out * (xfract) >> 32));
+
+ /* y1 * (1 - xfract) * (yfract) in 3.29(q29) and adding to acc */
+ out = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) y1 * (0x7FFFFFFF - xfract) >> 32));
+ acc += ((q31_t) ((q63_t) out * (yfract) >> 32));
+
+ /* y2 * (xfract) * (yfract) in 3.29(q29) and adding to acc */
+ out = ((q31_t) ((q63_t) y2 * (xfract) >> 32));
+ acc += ((q31_t) ((q63_t) out * (yfract) >> 32));
+
+ /* Convert acc to 1.31(q31) format */
+ return (acc << 2u);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q15 bilinear interpolation.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure.
+ * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format.
+ * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format.
+ * @return out interpolated value.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE q15_t arm_bilinear_interp_q15(
+ arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q15 * S,
+ q31_t X,
+ q31_t Y)
+ {
+ q63_t acc = 0; /* output */
+ q31_t out; /* Temporary output */
+ q15_t x1, x2, y1, y2; /* Nearest output values */
+ q31_t xfract, yfract; /* X, Y fractional parts */
+ int32_t rI, cI; /* Row and column indices */
+ q15_t *pYData = S->pData; /* pointer to output table values */
+ uint32_t nCols = S->numCols; /* num of rows */
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ rI = ((X & 0xFFF00000) >> 20);
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ cI = ((Y & 0xFFF00000) >> 20);
+
+ /* Care taken for table outside boundary */
+ /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */
+ if(rI < 0 || rI > (S->numRows - 1) || cI < 0 || cI > (S->numCols - 1))
+ {
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* xfract should be in 12.20 format */
+ xfract = (X & 0x000FFFFF);
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index */
+ x1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI)];
+ x2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI) + 1u];
+
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* yfract should be in 12.20 format */
+ yfract = (Y & 0x000FFFFF);
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index */
+ y1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1)];
+ y2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1) + 1u];
+
+ /* Calculation of x1 * (1-xfract ) * (1-yfract) and acc is in 13.51 format */
+
+ /* x1 is in 1.15(q15), xfract in 12.20 format and out is in 13.35 format */
+ /* convert 13.35 to 13.31 by right shifting and out is in 1.31 */
+ out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) x1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract)) >> 4u);
+ acc = ((q63_t) out * (0xFFFFF - yfract));
+
+ /* x2 * (xfract) * (1-yfract) in 1.51 and adding to acc */
+ out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) x2 * (0xFFFFF - yfract)) >> 4u);
+ acc += ((q63_t) out * (xfract));
+
+ /* y1 * (1 - xfract) * (yfract) in 1.51 and adding to acc */
+ out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) y1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract)) >> 4u);
+ acc += ((q63_t) out * (yfract));
+
+ /* y2 * (xfract) * (yfract) in 1.51 and adding to acc */
+ out = (q31_t) (((q63_t) y2 * (xfract)) >> 4u);
+ acc += ((q63_t) out * (yfract));
+
+ /* acc is in 13.51 format and down shift acc by 36 times */
+ /* Convert out to 1.15 format */
+ return (acc >> 36);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Q7 bilinear interpolation.
+ * @param[in,out] *S points to an instance of the interpolation structure.
+ * @param[in] X interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format.
+ * @param[in] Y interpolation coordinate in 12.20 format.
+ * @return out interpolated value.
+ */
+
+ static __INLINE q7_t arm_bilinear_interp_q7(
+ arm_bilinear_interp_instance_q7 * S,
+ q31_t X,
+ q31_t Y)
+ {
+ q63_t acc = 0; /* output */
+ q31_t out; /* Temporary output */
+ q31_t xfract, yfract; /* X, Y fractional parts */
+ q7_t x1, x2, y1, y2; /* Nearest output values */
+ int32_t rI, cI; /* Row and column indices */
+ q7_t *pYData = S->pData; /* pointer to output table values */
+ uint32_t nCols = S->numCols; /* num of rows */
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ rI = ((X & 0xFFF00000) >> 20);
+
+ /* Input is in 12.20 format */
+ /* 12 bits for the table index */
+ /* Index value calculation */
+ cI = ((Y & 0xFFF00000) >> 20);
+
+ /* Care taken for table outside boundary */
+ /* Returns zero output when values are outside table boundary */
+ if(rI < 0 || rI > (S->numRows - 1) || cI < 0 || cI > (S->numCols - 1))
+ {
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* xfract should be in 12.20 format */
+ xfract = (X & 0x000FFFFF);
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index */
+ x1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI)];
+ x2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI) + 1u];
+
+
+ /* 20 bits for the fractional part */
+ /* yfract should be in 12.20 format */
+ yfract = (Y & 0x000FFFFF);
+
+ /* Read two nearest output values from the index */
+ y1 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1)];
+ y2 = pYData[(rI) + nCols * (cI + 1) + 1u];
+
+ /* Calculation of x1 * (1-xfract ) * (1-yfract) and acc is in 16.47 format */
+ out = ((x1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract)));
+ acc = (((q63_t) out * (0xFFFFF - yfract)));
+
+ /* x2 * (xfract) * (1-yfract) in 2.22 and adding to acc */
+ out = ((x2 * (0xFFFFF - yfract)));
+ acc += (((q63_t) out * (xfract)));
+
+ /* y1 * (1 - xfract) * (yfract) in 2.22 and adding to acc */
+ out = ((y1 * (0xFFFFF - xfract)));
+ acc += (((q63_t) out * (yfract)));
+
+ /* y2 * (xfract) * (yfract) in 2.22 and adding to acc */
+ out = ((y2 * (yfract)));
+ acc += (((q63_t) out * (xfract)));
+
+ /* acc in 16.47 format and down shift by 40 to convert to 1.7 format */
+ return (acc >> 40);
+
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @} end of BilinearInterpolate group
+ */
+
+
+//SMMLAR
+#define multAcc_32x32_keep32_R(a, x, y) \
+ a = (q31_t) (((((q63_t) a) << 32) + ((q63_t) x * y) + 0x80000000LL ) >> 32)
+
+//SMMLSR
+#define multSub_32x32_keep32_R(a, x, y) \
+ a = (q31_t) (((((q63_t) a) << 32) - ((q63_t) x * y) + 0x80000000LL ) >> 32)
+
+//SMMULR
+#define mult_32x32_keep32_R(a, x, y) \
+ a = (q31_t) (((q63_t) x * y + 0x80000000LL ) >> 32)
+
+//SMMLA
+#define multAcc_32x32_keep32(a, x, y) \
+ a += (q31_t) (((q63_t) x * y) >> 32)
+
+//SMMLS
+#define multSub_32x32_keep32(a, x, y) \
+ a -= (q31_t) (((q63_t) x * y) >> 32)
+
+//SMMUL
+#define mult_32x32_keep32(a, x, y) \
+ a = (q31_t) (((q63_t) x * y ) >> 32)
+
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) //Keil
+
+//Enter low optimization region - place directly above function definition
+ #ifdef ARM_MATH_CM4
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER \
+ _Pragma ("push") \
+ _Pragma ("O1")
+ #else
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER
+ #endif
+
+//Exit low optimization region - place directly after end of function definition
+ #ifdef ARM_MATH_CM4
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT \
+ _Pragma ("pop")
+ #else
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+ #endif
+
+//Enter low optimization region - place directly above function definition
+ #define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER
+
+//Exit low optimization region - place directly after end of function definition
+ #define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+
+#elif defined(__ICCARM__) //IAR
+
+//Enter low optimization region - place directly above function definition
+ #ifdef ARM_MATH_CM4
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER \
+ _Pragma ("optimize=low")
+ #else
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER
+ #endif
+
+//Exit low optimization region - place directly after end of function definition
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+
+//Enter low optimization region - place directly above function definition
+ #ifdef ARM_MATH_CM4
+ #define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER \
+ _Pragma ("optimize=low")
+ #else
+ #define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER
+ #endif
+
+//Exit low optimization region - place directly after end of function definition
+ #define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER __attribute__(( optimize("-O1") ))
+
+ #define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+
+ #define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER
+
+ #define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+
+#elif defined(__CSMC__) // Cosmic
+
+#define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER
+#define LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+#define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_ENTER
+#define IAR_ONLY_LOW_OPTIMIZATION_EXIT
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _ARM_MATH_H */
+
+/**
+ *
+ * End of file.
+ */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cm4.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cm4.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..827dc384
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cm4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1802 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cm4.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File
+ * @version V4.00
+ * @date 22. August 2014
+ *
+ * @note
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2014 ARM LIMITED
+
+ All rights reserved.
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ - Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
+ to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
+ LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+ #pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM4_H_GENERIC
+#define __CORE_CM4_H_GENERIC
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** \page CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions
+ CMSIS violates the following MISRA-C:2004 rules:
+
+ \li Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.
+ Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'.
+
+ \li Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.
+ Unions are used for effective representation of core registers.
+
+ \li Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.
+ Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code.
+ */
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * CMSIS definitions
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/** \ingroup Cortex_M4
+ @{
+ */
+
+/* CMSIS CM4 definitions */
+#define __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x04) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */
+#define __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x00) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */
+#define __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | \
+ __CM4_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB ) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */
+
+#define __CORTEX_M (0x04) /*!< Cortex-M Core */
+
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
+ #define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
+ #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */
+ #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
+
+#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TI CCS Compiler */
+ #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+ #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
+ #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
+
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
+ #define __packed
+ #define __ASM _asm /*!< asm keyword for COSMIC Compiler */
+ #define __INLINE inline /*use -pc99 on compile line !< inline keyword for COSMIC Compiler */
+ #define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
+
+#endif
+
+/** __FPU_USED indicates whether an FPU is used or not.
+ For this, __FPU_PRESENT has to be checked prior to making use of FPU specific registers and functions.
+*/
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+ #if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP
+ #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define __FPU_USED 1
+ #else
+ #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+ #if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__)
+ #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define __FPU_USED 1
+ #else
+ #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+ #if defined __ARMVFP__
+ #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define __FPU_USED 1
+ #else
+ #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __TMS470__ )
+ #if defined __TI_VFP_SUPPORT__
+ #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define __FPU_USED 1
+ #else
+ #warning "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+ #if defined __FPU_VFP__
+ #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define __FPU_USED 1
+ #else
+ #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ ) /* Cosmic */
+ #if ( __CSMC__ & 0x400) // FPU present for parser
+ #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define __FPU_USED 1
+ #else
+ #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define __FPU_USED 0
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#include /* standard types definitions */
+#include /* Core Instruction Access */
+#include /* Core Function Access */
+#include /* Compiler specific SIMD Intrinsics */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM4_H_GENERIC */
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM4_H_DEPENDANT
+#define __CORE_CM4_H_DEPENDANT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* check device defines and use defaults */
+#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES
+ #ifndef __CM4_REV
+ #define __CM4_REV 0x0000
+ #warning "__CM4_REV not defined in device header file; using default!"
+ #endif
+
+ #ifndef __FPU_PRESENT
+ #define __FPU_PRESENT 0
+ #warning "__FPU_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!"
+ #endif
+
+ #ifndef __MPU_PRESENT
+ #define __MPU_PRESENT 0
+ #warning "__MPU_PRESENT not defined in device header file; using default!"
+ #endif
+
+ #ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+ #define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4
+ #warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!"
+ #endif
+
+ #ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig
+ #define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0
+ #warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!"
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */
+/**
+ \defgroup CMSIS_glob_defs CMSIS Global Defines
+
+ IO Type Qualifiers are used
+ \li to specify the access to peripheral variables.
+ \li for automatic generation of peripheral register debug information.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ #define __I volatile /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
+#else
+ #define __I volatile const /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
+#endif
+#define __O volatile /*!< Defines 'write only' permissions */
+#define __IO volatile /*!< Defines 'read / write' permissions */
+
+/*@} end of group Cortex_M4 */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * Register Abstraction
+ Core Register contain:
+ - Core Register
+ - Core NVIC Register
+ - Core SCB Register
+ - Core SysTick Register
+ - Core Debug Register
+ - Core MPU Register
+ - Core FPU Register
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_core_register Defines and Type Definitions
+ \brief Type definitions and defines for Cortex-M processor based devices.
+*/
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_CORE Status and Control Registers
+ \brief Core Register type definitions.
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04)
+ uint32_t _reserved0:27; /*!< bit: 0..26 Reserved */
+#else
+ uint32_t _reserved0:16; /*!< bit: 0..15 Reserved */
+ uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */
+ uint32_t _reserved1:7; /*!< bit: 20..26 Reserved */
+#endif
+ uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */
+ uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
+ uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
+ uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
+ uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} APSR_Type;
+
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
+ uint32_t _reserved0:23; /*!< bit: 9..31 Reserved */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} IPSR_Type;
+
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint32_t ISR:9; /*!< bit: 0.. 8 Exception number */
+#if (__CORTEX_M != 0x04)
+ uint32_t _reserved0:15; /*!< bit: 9..23 Reserved */
+#else
+ uint32_t _reserved0:7; /*!< bit: 9..15 Reserved */
+ uint32_t GE:4; /*!< bit: 16..19 Greater than or Equal flags */
+ uint32_t _reserved1:4; /*!< bit: 20..23 Reserved */
+#endif
+ uint32_t T:1; /*!< bit: 24 Thumb bit (read 0) */
+ uint32_t IT:2; /*!< bit: 25..26 saved IT state (read 0) */
+ uint32_t Q:1; /*!< bit: 27 Saturation condition flag */
+ uint32_t V:1; /*!< bit: 28 Overflow condition code flag */
+ uint32_t C:1; /*!< bit: 29 Carry condition code flag */
+ uint32_t Z:1; /*!< bit: 30 Zero condition code flag */
+ uint32_t N:1; /*!< bit: 31 Negative condition code flag */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} xPSR_Type;
+
+
+/** \brief Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint32_t nPRIV:1; /*!< bit: 0 Execution privilege in Thread mode */
+ uint32_t SPSEL:1; /*!< bit: 1 Stack to be used */
+ uint32_t FPCA:1; /*!< bit: 2 FP extension active flag */
+ uint32_t _reserved0:29; /*!< bit: 3..31 Reserved */
+ } b; /*!< Structure used for bit access */
+ uint32_t w; /*!< Type used for word access */
+} CONTROL_Type;
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_NVIC Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
+ \brief Type definitions for the NVIC Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ISER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Interrupt Set Enable Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[24];
+ __IO uint32_t ICER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Enable Register */
+ uint32_t RSERVED1[24];
+ __IO uint32_t ISPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W) Interrupt Set Pending Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[24];
+ __IO uint32_t ICPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W) Interrupt Clear Pending Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[24];
+ __IO uint32_t IABR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x200 (R/W) Interrupt Active bit Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[56];
+ __IO uint8_t IP[240]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W) Interrupt Priority Register (8Bit wide) */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[644];
+ __O uint32_t STIR; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 ( /W) Software Trigger Interrupt Register */
+} NVIC_Type;
+
+/* Software Triggered Interrupt Register Definitions */
+#define NVIC_STIR_INTID_Pos 0 /*!< STIR: INTLINESNUM Position */
+#define NVIC_STIR_INTID_Msk (0x1FFUL << NVIC_STIR_INTID_Pos) /*!< STIR: INTLINESNUM Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_SCB System Control Block (SCB)
+ \brief Type definitions for the System Control Block Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __I uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) CPUID Base Register */
+ __IO uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Interrupt Control and State Register */
+ __IO uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Vector Table Offset Register */
+ __IO uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) System Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) Configuration Control Register */
+ __IO uint8_t SHP[12]; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) System Handlers Priority Registers (4-7, 8-11, 12-15) */
+ __IO uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) System Handler Control and State Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) Configurable Fault Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t HFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x02C (R/W) HardFault Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t DFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x030 (R/W) Debug Fault Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t MMFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x034 (R/W) MemManage Fault Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t BFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x038 (R/W) BusFault Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t AFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x03C (R/W) Auxiliary Fault Status Register */
+ __I uint32_t PFR[2]; /*!< Offset: 0x040 (R/ ) Processor Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t DFR; /*!< Offset: 0x048 (R/ ) Debug Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t ADR; /*!< Offset: 0x04C (R/ ) Auxiliary Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t MMFR[4]; /*!< Offset: 0x050 (R/ ) Memory Model Feature Register */
+ __I uint32_t ISAR[5]; /*!< Offset: 0x060 (R/ ) Instruction Set Attributes Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[5];
+ __IO uint32_t CPACR; /*!< Offset: 0x088 (R/W) Coprocessor Access Control Register */
+} SCB_Type;
+
+/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24 /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20 /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */
+
+/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31 /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos 11 /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Msk (1UL << SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */
+
+/* SCB Vector Table Offset Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 7 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */
+#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0x1FFFFFFUL << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */
+
+/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15 /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos 8 /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk (7UL << SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2 /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos 0 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Msk (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */
+
+/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9 /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3 /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos 1 /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos 18 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos 17 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos 16 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos 14 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos 13 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos 12 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos 11 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos 10 /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos 8 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos 7 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos 3 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos 0 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Msk (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Mask */
+
+/* SCB Configurable Fault Status Registers Definitions */
+#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Position */
+#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFFFUL << SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Position */
+#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Position */
+#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFUL << SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Mask */
+
+/* SCB Hard Fault Status Registers Definitions */
+#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos 31 /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Position */
+#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos 30 /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Position */
+#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Mask */
+
+#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos 1 /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Position */
+#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Msk (1UL << SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Mask */
+
+/* SCB Debug Fault Status Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos 4 /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos 3 /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos 0 /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Position */
+#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Msk (1UL << SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_SCnSCB System Controls not in SCB (SCnSCB)
+ \brief Type definitions for the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[1];
+ __I uint32_t ICTR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/ ) Interrupt Controller Type Register */
+ __IO uint32_t ACTLR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Auxiliary Control Register */
+} SCnSCB_Type;
+
+/* Interrupt Controller Type Register Definitions */
+#define SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos 0 /*!< ICTR: INTLINESNUM Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Msk (0xFUL << SCnSCB_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos) /*!< ICTR: INTLINESNUM Mask */
+
+/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISOOFP_Pos 9 /*!< ACTLR: DISOOFP Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISOOFP_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISOOFP_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISOOFP Mask */
+
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFPCA_Pos 8 /*!< ACTLR: DISFPCA Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFPCA_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFPCA_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISFPCA Mask */
+
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos 2 /*!< ACTLR: DISFOLD Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISFOLD Mask */
+
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos 1 /*!< ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Mask */
+
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos 0 /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos) /*!< ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCnotSCB */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_SysTick System Tick Timer (SysTick)
+ \brief Type definitions for the System Timer Registers.
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) SysTick Control and Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) SysTick Reload Value Register */
+ __IO uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) SysTick Current Value Register */
+ __I uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ ) SysTick Calibration Register */
+} SysTick_Type;
+
+/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16 /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2 /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1 /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31 /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30 /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFUL << SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_ITM Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM)
+ \brief Type definitions for the Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM)
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Instrumentation Trace Macrocell Register (ITM).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __O union
+ {
+ __O uint8_t u8; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 8-bit */
+ __O uint16_t u16; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 16-bit */
+ __O uint32_t u32; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port 32-bit */
+ } PORT [32]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 ( /W) ITM Stimulus Port Registers */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[864];
+ __IO uint32_t TER; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 (R/W) ITM Trace Enable Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[15];
+ __IO uint32_t TPR; /*!< Offset: 0xE40 (R/W) ITM Trace Privilege Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[15];
+ __IO uint32_t TCR; /*!< Offset: 0xE80 (R/W) ITM Trace Control Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[29];
+ __O uint32_t IWR; /*!< Offset: 0xEF8 ( /W) ITM Integration Write Register */
+ __I uint32_t IRR; /*!< Offset: 0xEFC (R/ ) ITM Integration Read Register */
+ __IO uint32_t IMCR; /*!< Offset: 0xF00 (R/W) ITM Integration Mode Control Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[43];
+ __O uint32_t LAR; /*!< Offset: 0xFB0 ( /W) ITM Lock Access Register */
+ __I uint32_t LSR; /*!< Offset: 0xFB4 (R/ ) ITM Lock Status Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[6];
+ __I uint32_t PID4; /*!< Offset: 0xFD0 (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #4 */
+ __I uint32_t PID5; /*!< Offset: 0xFD4 (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #5 */
+ __I uint32_t PID6; /*!< Offset: 0xFD8 (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #6 */
+ __I uint32_t PID7; /*!< Offset: 0xFDC (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #7 */
+ __I uint32_t PID0; /*!< Offset: 0xFE0 (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #0 */
+ __I uint32_t PID1; /*!< Offset: 0xFE4 (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #1 */
+ __I uint32_t PID2; /*!< Offset: 0xFE8 (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #2 */
+ __I uint32_t PID3; /*!< Offset: 0xFEC (R/ ) ITM Peripheral Identification Register #3 */
+ __I uint32_t CID0; /*!< Offset: 0xFF0 (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #0 */
+ __I uint32_t CID1; /*!< Offset: 0xFF4 (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #1 */
+ __I uint32_t CID2; /*!< Offset: 0xFF8 (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #2 */
+ __I uint32_t CID3; /*!< Offset: 0xFFC (R/ ) ITM Component Identification Register #3 */
+} ITM_Type;
+
+/* ITM Trace Privilege Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Position */
+#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Msk (0xFUL << ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos) /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Mask */
+
+/* ITM Trace Control Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos 23 /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Pos 16 /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Msk (0x7FUL << ITM_TCR_TraceBusID_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Pos 10 /*!< ITM TCR: Global timestamp frequency Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Msk (3UL << ITM_TCR_GTSFREQ_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: Global timestamp frequency Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos 8 /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Msk (3UL << ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos 4 /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos 3 /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos 2 /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos 1 /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Mask */
+
+#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Position */
+#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk (1UL << ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Mask */
+
+/* ITM Integration Write Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Position */
+#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Msk (1UL << ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos) /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Mask */
+
+/* ITM Integration Read Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Position */
+#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Msk (1UL << ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos) /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Mask */
+
+/* ITM Integration Mode Control Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Position */
+#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Msk (1UL << ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos) /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Mask */
+
+/* ITM Lock Status Register Definitions */
+#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos 2 /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Position */
+#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Msk (1UL << ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Mask */
+
+#define ITM_LSR_Access_Pos 1 /*!< ITM LSR: Access Position */
+#define ITM_LSR_Access_Msk (1UL << ITM_LSR_Access_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Access Mask */
+
+#define ITM_LSR_Present_Pos 0 /*!< ITM LSR: Present Position */
+#define ITM_LSR_Present_Msk (1UL << ITM_LSR_Present_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Present Mask */
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_ITM */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_DWT Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT)
+ \brief Type definitions for the Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT)
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Data Watchpoint and Trace Register (DWT).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CYCCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Cycle Count Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CPICNT; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) CPI Count Register */
+ __IO uint32_t EXCCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Exception Overhead Count Register */
+ __IO uint32_t SLEEPCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) Sleep Count Register */
+ __IO uint32_t LSUCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) LSU Count Register */
+ __IO uint32_t FOLDCNT; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) Folded-instruction Count Register */
+ __I uint32_t PCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/ ) Program Counter Sample Register */
+ __IO uint32_t COMP0; /*!< Offset: 0x020 (R/W) Comparator Register 0 */
+ __IO uint32_t MASK0; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) Mask Register 0 */
+ __IO uint32_t FUNCTION0; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) Function Register 0 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[1];
+ __IO uint32_t COMP1; /*!< Offset: 0x030 (R/W) Comparator Register 1 */
+ __IO uint32_t MASK1; /*!< Offset: 0x034 (R/W) Mask Register 1 */
+ __IO uint32_t FUNCTION1; /*!< Offset: 0x038 (R/W) Function Register 1 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[1];
+ __IO uint32_t COMP2; /*!< Offset: 0x040 (R/W) Comparator Register 2 */
+ __IO uint32_t MASK2; /*!< Offset: 0x044 (R/W) Mask Register 2 */
+ __IO uint32_t FUNCTION2; /*!< Offset: 0x048 (R/W) Function Register 2 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[1];
+ __IO uint32_t COMP3; /*!< Offset: 0x050 (R/W) Comparator Register 3 */
+ __IO uint32_t MASK3; /*!< Offset: 0x054 (R/W) Mask Register 3 */
+ __IO uint32_t FUNCTION3; /*!< Offset: 0x058 (R/W) Function Register 3 */
+} DWT_Type;
+
+/* DWT Control Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_CTRL_NUMCOMP_Pos 28 /*!< DWT CTRL: NUMCOMP Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_NUMCOMP_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_CTRL_NUMCOMP_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NUMCOMP Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOTRCPKT_Pos 27 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOTRCPKT Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOTRCPKT_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOTRCPKT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOTRCPKT Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOEXTTRIG_Pos 26 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOEXTTRIG Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOEXTTRIG_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOEXTTRIG_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOEXTTRIG Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOCYCCNT_Pos 25 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOCYCCNT Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOCYCCNT_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOCYCCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOCYCCNT Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOPRFCNT_Pos 24 /*!< DWT CTRL: NOPRFCNT Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_NOPRFCNT_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_NOPRFCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: NOPRFCNT Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_CYCEVTENA_Pos 22 /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCEVTENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_CYCEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CYCEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCEVTENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_FOLDEVTENA_Pos 21 /*!< DWT CTRL: FOLDEVTENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_FOLDEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_FOLDEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: FOLDEVTENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_LSUEVTENA_Pos 20 /*!< DWT CTRL: LSUEVTENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_LSUEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_LSUEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: LSUEVTENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_SLEEPEVTENA_Pos 19 /*!< DWT CTRL: SLEEPEVTENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_SLEEPEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_SLEEPEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: SLEEPEVTENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_EXCEVTENA_Pos 18 /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCEVTENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_EXCEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_EXCEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCEVTENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_CPIEVTENA_Pos 17 /*!< DWT CTRL: CPIEVTENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_CPIEVTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CPIEVTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CPIEVTENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_EXCTRCENA_Pos 16 /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCTRCENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_EXCTRCENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_EXCTRCENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: EXCTRCENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_PCSAMPLENA_Pos 12 /*!< DWT CTRL: PCSAMPLENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_PCSAMPLENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_PCSAMPLENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: PCSAMPLENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_SYNCTAP_Pos 10 /*!< DWT CTRL: SYNCTAP Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_SYNCTAP_Msk (0x3UL << DWT_CTRL_SYNCTAP_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: SYNCTAP Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_CYCTAP_Pos 9 /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCTAP Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_CYCTAP_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CYCTAP_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCTAP Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_POSTINIT_Pos 5 /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTINIT Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_POSTINIT_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_CTRL_POSTINIT_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTINIT Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_POSTPRESET_Pos 1 /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTPRESET Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_POSTPRESET_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_CTRL_POSTPRESET_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: POSTPRESET Mask */
+
+#define DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Pos 0 /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCCNTENA Position */
+#define DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Pos) /*!< DWT CTRL: CYCCNTENA Mask */
+
+/* DWT CPI Count Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_CPICNT_CPICNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT CPICNT: CPICNT Position */
+#define DWT_CPICNT_CPICNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_CPICNT_CPICNT_Pos) /*!< DWT CPICNT: CPICNT Mask */
+
+/* DWT Exception Overhead Count Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_EXCCNT_EXCCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT EXCCNT: EXCCNT Position */
+#define DWT_EXCCNT_EXCCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_EXCCNT_EXCCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT EXCCNT: EXCCNT Mask */
+
+/* DWT Sleep Count Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_SLEEPCNT_SLEEPCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT SLEEPCNT: SLEEPCNT Position */
+#define DWT_SLEEPCNT_SLEEPCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_SLEEPCNT_SLEEPCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT SLEEPCNT: SLEEPCNT Mask */
+
+/* DWT LSU Count Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_LSUCNT_LSUCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT LSUCNT: LSUCNT Position */
+#define DWT_LSUCNT_LSUCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_LSUCNT_LSUCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT LSUCNT: LSUCNT Mask */
+
+/* DWT Folded-instruction Count Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_FOLDCNT_FOLDCNT_Pos 0 /*!< DWT FOLDCNT: FOLDCNT Position */
+#define DWT_FOLDCNT_FOLDCNT_Msk (0xFFUL << DWT_FOLDCNT_FOLDCNT_Pos) /*!< DWT FOLDCNT: FOLDCNT Mask */
+
+/* DWT Comparator Mask Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_MASK_MASK_Pos 0 /*!< DWT MASK: MASK Position */
+#define DWT_MASK_MASK_Msk (0x1FUL << DWT_MASK_MASK_Pos) /*!< DWT MASK: MASK Mask */
+
+/* DWT Comparator Function Register Definitions */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_MATCHED_Pos 24 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: MATCHED Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_MATCHED_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_MATCHED_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: MATCHED Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR1_Pos 16 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR1 Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR1_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR1_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR1 Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR0_Pos 12 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR0 Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR0_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVADDR0_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVADDR0 Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVSIZE_Pos 10 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVSIZE Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVSIZE_Msk (0x3UL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVSIZE_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVSIZE Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_LNK1ENA_Pos 9 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: LNK1ENA Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_LNK1ENA_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_LNK1ENA_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: LNK1ENA Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVMATCH_Pos 8 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVMATCH Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVMATCH_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_DATAVMATCH_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: DATAVMATCH Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_CYCMATCH_Pos 7 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: CYCMATCH Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_CYCMATCH_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_CYCMATCH_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: CYCMATCH Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_EMITRANGE_Pos 5 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: EMITRANGE Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_EMITRANGE_Msk (0x1UL << DWT_FUNCTION_EMITRANGE_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: EMITRANGE Mask */
+
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_FUNCTION_Pos 0 /*!< DWT FUNCTION: FUNCTION Position */
+#define DWT_FUNCTION_FUNCTION_Msk (0xFUL << DWT_FUNCTION_FUNCTION_Pos) /*!< DWT FUNCTION: FUNCTION Mask */
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_DWT */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_TPI Trace Port Interface (TPI)
+ \brief Type definitions for the Trace Port Interface (TPI)
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Trace Port Interface Register (TPI).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t SSPSR; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) Supported Parallel Port Size Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CSPSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Current Parallel Port Size Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[2];
+ __IO uint32_t ACPR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) Asynchronous Clock Prescaler Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[55];
+ __IO uint32_t SPPR; /*!< Offset: 0x0F0 (R/W) Selected Pin Protocol Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2[131];
+ __I uint32_t FFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/ ) Formatter and Flush Status Register */
+ __IO uint32_t FFCR; /*!< Offset: 0x304 (R/W) Formatter and Flush Control Register */
+ __I uint32_t FSCR; /*!< Offset: 0x308 (R/ ) Formatter Synchronization Counter Register */
+ uint32_t RESERVED3[759];
+ __I uint32_t TRIGGER; /*!< Offset: 0xEE8 (R/ ) TRIGGER */
+ __I uint32_t FIFO0; /*!< Offset: 0xEEC (R/ ) Integration ETM Data */
+ __I uint32_t ITATBCTR2; /*!< Offset: 0xEF0 (R/ ) ITATBCTR2 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED4[1];
+ __I uint32_t ITATBCTR0; /*!< Offset: 0xEF8 (R/ ) ITATBCTR0 */
+ __I uint32_t FIFO1; /*!< Offset: 0xEFC (R/ ) Integration ITM Data */
+ __IO uint32_t ITCTRL; /*!< Offset: 0xF00 (R/W) Integration Mode Control */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[39];
+ __IO uint32_t CLAIMSET; /*!< Offset: 0xFA0 (R/W) Claim tag set */
+ __IO uint32_t CLAIMCLR; /*!< Offset: 0xFA4 (R/W) Claim tag clear */
+ uint32_t RESERVED7[8];
+ __I uint32_t DEVID; /*!< Offset: 0xFC8 (R/ ) TPIU_DEVID */
+ __I uint32_t DEVTYPE; /*!< Offset: 0xFCC (R/ ) TPIU_DEVTYPE */
+} TPI_Type;
+
+/* TPI Asynchronous Clock Prescaler Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_ACPR_PRESCALER_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ACPR: PRESCALER Position */
+#define TPI_ACPR_PRESCALER_Msk (0x1FFFUL << TPI_ACPR_PRESCALER_Pos) /*!< TPI ACPR: PRESCALER Mask */
+
+/* TPI Selected Pin Protocol Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_SPPR_TXMODE_Pos 0 /*!< TPI SPPR: TXMODE Position */
+#define TPI_SPPR_TXMODE_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_SPPR_TXMODE_Pos) /*!< TPI SPPR: TXMODE Mask */
+
+/* TPI Formatter and Flush Status Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_FFSR_FtNonStop_Pos 3 /*!< TPI FFSR: FtNonStop Position */
+#define TPI_FFSR_FtNonStop_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_FtNonStop_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: FtNonStop Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FFSR_TCPresent_Pos 2 /*!< TPI FFSR: TCPresent Position */
+#define TPI_FFSR_TCPresent_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_TCPresent_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: TCPresent Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FFSR_FtStopped_Pos 1 /*!< TPI FFSR: FtStopped Position */
+#define TPI_FFSR_FtStopped_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_FtStopped_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: FtStopped Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FFSR_FlInProg_Pos 0 /*!< TPI FFSR: FlInProg Position */
+#define TPI_FFSR_FlInProg_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFSR_FlInProg_Pos) /*!< TPI FFSR: FlInProg Mask */
+
+/* TPI Formatter and Flush Control Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_FFCR_TrigIn_Pos 8 /*!< TPI FFCR: TrigIn Position */
+#define TPI_FFCR_TrigIn_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFCR_TrigIn_Pos) /*!< TPI FFCR: TrigIn Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FFCR_EnFCont_Pos 1 /*!< TPI FFCR: EnFCont Position */
+#define TPI_FFCR_EnFCont_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_FFCR_EnFCont_Pos) /*!< TPI FFCR: EnFCont Mask */
+
+/* TPI TRIGGER Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_TRIGGER_TRIGGER_Pos 0 /*!< TPI TRIGGER: TRIGGER Position */
+#define TPI_TRIGGER_TRIGGER_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_TRIGGER_TRIGGER_Pos) /*!< TPI TRIGGER: TRIGGER Mask */
+
+/* TPI Integration ETM Data Register Definitions (FIFO0) */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_ATVALID_Pos 29 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_ATVALID Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ITM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_ATVALID Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_bytecount_Pos 27 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_bytecount Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ITM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ITM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ITM_bytecount Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_ATVALID_Pos 26 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_ATVALID Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_ATVALID Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_bytecount_Pos 24 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_bytecount Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM_bytecount Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM2_Pos 16 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM2 Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM2_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM2_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM2 Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM1_Pos 8 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM1 Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM1_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM1_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM1 Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM0_Pos 0 /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM0 Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO0_ETM0_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO0_ETM0_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO0: ETM0 Mask */
+
+/* TPI ITATBCTR2 Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_ITATBCTR2_ATREADY_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ITATBCTR2: ATREADY Position */
+#define TPI_ITATBCTR2_ATREADY_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_ITATBCTR2_ATREADY_Pos) /*!< TPI ITATBCTR2: ATREADY Mask */
+
+/* TPI Integration ITM Data Register Definitions (FIFO1) */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_ATVALID_Pos 29 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_ATVALID Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_ATVALID Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_bytecount_Pos 27 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_bytecount Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM_bytecount Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_ATVALID_Pos 26 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_ATVALID Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_ATVALID_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ETM_ATVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_ATVALID Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_bytecount_Pos 24 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_bytecount Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ETM_bytecount_Msk (0x3UL << TPI_FIFO1_ETM_bytecount_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ETM_bytecount Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM2_Pos 16 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM2 Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM2_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM2_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM2 Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM1_Pos 8 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM1 Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM1_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM1_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM1 Mask */
+
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM0_Pos 0 /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM0 Position */
+#define TPI_FIFO1_ITM0_Msk (0xFFUL << TPI_FIFO1_ITM0_Pos) /*!< TPI FIFO1: ITM0 Mask */
+
+/* TPI ITATBCTR0 Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_ITATBCTR0_ATREADY_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ITATBCTR0: ATREADY Position */
+#define TPI_ITATBCTR0_ATREADY_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_ITATBCTR0_ATREADY_Pos) /*!< TPI ITATBCTR0: ATREADY Mask */
+
+/* TPI Integration Mode Control Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_ITCTRL_Mode_Pos 0 /*!< TPI ITCTRL: Mode Position */
+#define TPI_ITCTRL_Mode_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_ITCTRL_Mode_Pos) /*!< TPI ITCTRL: Mode Mask */
+
+/* TPI DEVID Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_DEVID_NRZVALID_Pos 11 /*!< TPI DEVID: NRZVALID Position */
+#define TPI_DEVID_NRZVALID_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_NRZVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: NRZVALID Mask */
+
+#define TPI_DEVID_MANCVALID_Pos 10 /*!< TPI DEVID: MANCVALID Position */
+#define TPI_DEVID_MANCVALID_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_MANCVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: MANCVALID Mask */
+
+#define TPI_DEVID_PTINVALID_Pos 9 /*!< TPI DEVID: PTINVALID Position */
+#define TPI_DEVID_PTINVALID_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_PTINVALID_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: PTINVALID Mask */
+
+#define TPI_DEVID_MinBufSz_Pos 6 /*!< TPI DEVID: MinBufSz Position */
+#define TPI_DEVID_MinBufSz_Msk (0x7UL << TPI_DEVID_MinBufSz_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: MinBufSz Mask */
+
+#define TPI_DEVID_AsynClkIn_Pos 5 /*!< TPI DEVID: AsynClkIn Position */
+#define TPI_DEVID_AsynClkIn_Msk (0x1UL << TPI_DEVID_AsynClkIn_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: AsynClkIn Mask */
+
+#define TPI_DEVID_NrTraceInput_Pos 0 /*!< TPI DEVID: NrTraceInput Position */
+#define TPI_DEVID_NrTraceInput_Msk (0x1FUL << TPI_DEVID_NrTraceInput_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVID: NrTraceInput Mask */
+
+/* TPI DEVTYPE Register Definitions */
+#define TPI_DEVTYPE_SubType_Pos 0 /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: SubType Position */
+#define TPI_DEVTYPE_SubType_Msk (0xFUL << TPI_DEVTYPE_SubType_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: SubType Mask */
+
+#define TPI_DEVTYPE_MajorType_Pos 4 /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: MajorType Position */
+#define TPI_DEVTYPE_MajorType_Msk (0xFUL << TPI_DEVTYPE_MajorType_Pos) /*!< TPI DEVTYPE: MajorType Mask */
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_TPI */
+
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_MPU Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
+ \brief Type definitions for the Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Memory Protection Unit (MPU).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __I uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ ) MPU Type Register */
+ __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) MPU Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) MPU Region RNRber Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) MPU Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W) MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x018 (R/W) MPU Alias 1 Region Attribute and Size Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x020 (R/W) MPU Alias 2 Region Attribute and Size Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RBAR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Base Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t RASR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x028 (R/W) MPU Alias 3 Region Attribute and Size Register */
+} MPU_Type;
+
+/* MPU Type Register */
+#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16 /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */
+#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */
+
+#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8 /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */
+#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */
+
+#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */
+#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1UL << MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */
+
+/* MPU Control Register */
+#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2 /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */
+#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */
+
+#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1 /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */
+#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */
+
+#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */
+#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
+
+/* MPU Region Number Register */
+#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */
+#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */
+
+/* MPU Region Base Address Register */
+#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 5 /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */
+#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0x7FFFFFFUL << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4 /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */
+#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1UL << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */
+#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFUL << MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */
+
+/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */
+#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos 16 /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Msk (0xFFFFUL << MPU_RASR_ATTRS_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: MPU Region Attribute field Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_XN_Pos 28 /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.XN Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_XN_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.XN Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_AP_Pos 24 /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.AP Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_AP_Msk (0x7UL << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.AP Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos 19 /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.TEX Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk (0x7UL << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.TEX Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_S_Pos 18 /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.S Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_S_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.S Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_C_Pos 17 /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.C Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_C_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.C Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_B_Pos 16 /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.B Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_B_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: ATTRS.B Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8 /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFUL << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1 /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1FUL << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */
+
+#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */
+#define MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Msk (1UL << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_MPU */
+#endif
+
+
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_FPU Floating Point Unit (FPU)
+ \brief Type definitions for the Floating Point Unit (FPU)
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Floating Point Unit (FPU).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[1];
+ __IO uint32_t FPCCR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W) Floating-Point Context Control Register */
+ __IO uint32_t FPCAR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Floating-Point Context Address Register */
+ __IO uint32_t FPDSCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Floating-Point Default Status Control Register */
+ __I uint32_t MVFR0; /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/ ) Media and FP Feature Register 0 */
+ __I uint32_t MVFR1; /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/ ) Media and FP Feature Register 1 */
+} FPU_Type;
+
+/* Floating-Point Context Control Register */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_ASPEN_Pos 31 /*!< FPCCR: ASPEN bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_ASPEN_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_ASPEN_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: ASPEN bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPEN_Pos 30 /*!< FPCCR: LSPEN Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPEN_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_LSPEN_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: LSPEN bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_MONRDY_Pos 8 /*!< FPCCR: MONRDY Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_MONRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_MONRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: MONRDY bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_BFRDY_Pos 6 /*!< FPCCR: BFRDY Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_BFRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_BFRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: BFRDY bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_MMRDY_Pos 5 /*!< FPCCR: MMRDY Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_MMRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_MMRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: MMRDY bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_HFRDY_Pos 4 /*!< FPCCR: HFRDY Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_HFRDY_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_HFRDY_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: HFRDY bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_THREAD_Pos 3 /*!< FPCCR: processor mode bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_THREAD_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_THREAD_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: processor mode active bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_USER_Pos 1 /*!< FPCCR: privilege level bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_USER_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_USER_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: privilege level bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPACT_Pos 0 /*!< FPCCR: Lazy state preservation active bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPCCR_LSPACT_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPCCR_LSPACT_Pos) /*!< FPCCR: Lazy state preservation active bit Mask */
+
+/* Floating-Point Context Address Register */
+#define FPU_FPCAR_ADDRESS_Pos 3 /*!< FPCAR: ADDRESS bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPCAR_ADDRESS_Msk (0x1FFFFFFFUL << FPU_FPCAR_ADDRESS_Pos) /*!< FPCAR: ADDRESS bit Mask */
+
+/* Floating-Point Default Status Control Register */
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_AHP_Pos 26 /*!< FPDSCR: AHP bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_AHP_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPDSCR_AHP_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: AHP bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_DN_Pos 25 /*!< FPDSCR: DN bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_DN_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPDSCR_DN_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: DN bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_FZ_Pos 24 /*!< FPDSCR: FZ bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_FZ_Msk (1UL << FPU_FPDSCR_FZ_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: FZ bit Mask */
+
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_RMode_Pos 22 /*!< FPDSCR: RMode bit Position */
+#define FPU_FPDSCR_RMode_Msk (3UL << FPU_FPDSCR_RMode_Pos) /*!< FPDSCR: RMode bit Mask */
+
+/* Media and FP Feature Register 0 */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_rounding_modes_Pos 28 /*!< MVFR0: FP rounding modes bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_rounding_modes_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_FP_rounding_modes_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: FP rounding modes bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Short_vectors_Pos 24 /*!< MVFR0: Short vectors bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Short_vectors_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Short_vectors_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Short vectors bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Square_root_Pos 20 /*!< MVFR0: Square root bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Square_root_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Square_root_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Square root bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Divide_Pos 16 /*!< MVFR0: Divide bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Divide_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Divide_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Divide bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_excep_trapping_Pos 12 /*!< MVFR0: FP exception trapping bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_FP_excep_trapping_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_FP_excep_trapping_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: FP exception trapping bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Double_precision_Pos 8 /*!< MVFR0: Double-precision bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Double_precision_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Double_precision_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Double-precision bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Single_precision_Pos 4 /*!< MVFR0: Single-precision bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_Single_precision_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_Single_precision_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: Single-precision bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR0_A_SIMD_registers_Pos 0 /*!< MVFR0: A_SIMD registers bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR0_A_SIMD_registers_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR0_A_SIMD_registers_Pos) /*!< MVFR0: A_SIMD registers bits Mask */
+
+/* Media and FP Feature Register 1 */
+#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_fused_MAC_Pos 28 /*!< MVFR1: FP fused MAC bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_fused_MAC_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_FP_fused_MAC_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: FP fused MAC bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_HPFP_Pos 24 /*!< MVFR1: FP HPFP bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR1_FP_HPFP_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_FP_HPFP_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: FP HPFP bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR1_D_NaN_mode_Pos 4 /*!< MVFR1: D_NaN mode bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR1_D_NaN_mode_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_D_NaN_mode_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: D_NaN mode bits Mask */
+
+#define FPU_MVFR1_FtZ_mode_Pos 0 /*!< MVFR1: FtZ mode bits Position */
+#define FPU_MVFR1_FtZ_mode_Msk (0xFUL << FPU_MVFR1_FtZ_mode_Pos) /*!< MVFR1: FtZ mode bits Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_FPU */
+#endif
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug Core Debug Registers (CoreDebug)
+ \brief Type definitions for the Core Debug Registers
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Structure type to access the Core Debug Register (CoreDebug).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t DHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W) Debug Halting Control and Status Register */
+ __O uint32_t DCRSR; /*!< Offset: 0x004 ( /W) Debug Core Register Selector Register */
+ __IO uint32_t DCRDR; /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W) Debug Core Register Data Register */
+ __IO uint32_t DEMCR; /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W) Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */
+} CoreDebug_Type;
+
+/* Debug Halting Control and Status Register */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Msk (0xFFFFUL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos 25 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos 3 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos 2 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos 1 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Mask */
+
+/* Debug Core Register Selector Register */
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Msk (0x1FUL << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Mask */
+
+/* Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos 10 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos 9 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos 8 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos 7 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos 6 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos 4 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Mask */
+
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Position */
+#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Msk (1UL << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */
+
+
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_core_register
+ \defgroup CMSIS_core_base Core Definitions
+ \brief Definitions for base addresses, unions, and structures.
+ @{
+ */
+
+/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M4 Hardware */
+#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000UL) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */
+#define ITM_BASE (0xE0000000UL) /*!< ITM Base Address */
+#define DWT_BASE (0xE0001000UL) /*!< DWT Base Address */
+#define TPI_BASE (0xE0040000UL) /*!< TPI Base Address */
+#define CoreDebug_BASE (0xE000EDF0UL) /*!< Core Debug Base Address */
+#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010UL) /*!< SysTick Base Address */
+#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100UL) /*!< NVIC Base Address */
+#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00UL) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */
+
+#define SCnSCB ((SCnSCB_Type *) SCS_BASE ) /*!< System control Register not in SCB */
+#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE ) /*!< SCB configuration struct */
+#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE ) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */
+#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE ) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */
+#define ITM ((ITM_Type *) ITM_BASE ) /*!< ITM configuration struct */
+#define DWT ((DWT_Type *) DWT_BASE ) /*!< DWT configuration struct */
+#define TPI ((TPI_Type *) TPI_BASE ) /*!< TPI configuration struct */
+#define CoreDebug ((CoreDebug_Type *) CoreDebug_BASE) /*!< Core Debug configuration struct */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90UL) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
+ #define MPU ((MPU_Type *) MPU_BASE ) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */
+#endif
+
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1)
+ #define FPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0F30UL) /*!< Floating Point Unit */
+ #define FPU ((FPU_Type *) FPU_BASE ) /*!< Floating Point Unit */
+#endif
+
+/*@} */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * Hardware Abstraction Layer
+ Core Function Interface contains:
+ - Core NVIC Functions
+ - Core SysTick Functions
+ - Core Debug Functions
+ - Core Register Access Functions
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface Functions and Instructions Reference
+*/
+
+
+
+/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions NVIC Functions
+ \brief Functions that manage interrupts and exceptions via the NVIC.
+ @{
+ */
+
+/** \brief Set Priority Grouping
+
+ The function sets the priority grouping field using the required unlock sequence.
+ The parameter PriorityGroup is assigned to the field SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field.
+ Only values from 0..7 are used.
+ In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+ priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS), the smallest possible priority group is set.
+
+ \param [in] PriorityGroup Priority grouping field.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+ uint32_t reg_value;
+ uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & (uint32_t)0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */
+
+ reg_value = SCB->AIRCR; /* read old register configuration */
+ reg_value &= ~(SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk | SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk); /* clear bits to change */
+ reg_value = (reg_value |
+ ((uint32_t)0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
+ (PriorityGroupTmp << 8)); /* Insert write key and priorty group */
+ SCB->AIRCR = reg_value;
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Priority Grouping
+
+ The function reads the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+
+ \return Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field).
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+ return ((SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) >> SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos); /* read priority grouping field */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Enable External Interrupt
+
+ The function enables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+/* NVIC->ISER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); enable interrupt */
+ NVIC->ISER[(uint32_t)((int32_t)IRQn) >> 5] = (uint32_t)(1 << ((uint32_t)((int32_t)IRQn) & (uint32_t)0x1F)); /* enable interrupt */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Disable External Interrupt
+
+ The function disables a device-specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ NVIC->ICER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* disable interrupt */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Pending Interrupt
+
+ The function reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit
+ for the specified interrupt.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
+
+ \return 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
+ \return 1 Interrupt status is pending.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ return((uint32_t) ((NVIC->ISPR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Pending Interrupt
+
+ The function sets the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ NVIC->ISPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* set interrupt pending */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Clear Pending Interrupt
+
+ The function clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn External interrupt number. Value cannot be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ NVIC->ICPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* Clear pending interrupt */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Active Interrupt
+
+ The function reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
+
+ \return 0 Interrupt status is not active.
+ \return 1 Interrupt status is active.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ return((uint32_t)((NVIC->IABR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Interrupt Priority
+
+ The function sets the priority of an interrupt.
+
+ \note The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt.
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
+ \param [in] priority Priority to set.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)
+{
+ if(IRQn < 0) {
+ SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for Cortex-M System Interrupts */
+ else {
+ NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for device specific Interrupts */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Interrupt Priority
+
+ The function reads the priority of an interrupt. The interrupt
+ number can be positive to specify an external (device specific)
+ interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt.
+
+
+ \param [in] IRQn Interrupt number.
+ \return Interrupt Priority. Value is aligned automatically to the implemented
+ priority bits of the microcontroller.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+
+ if(IRQn < 0) {
+ return((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for Cortex-M system interrupts */
+ else {
+ return((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for device specific interrupts */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Encode Priority
+
+ The function encodes the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group,
+ preemptive priority value, and subpriority value.
+ In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+ priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS), the smallest possible priority group is set.
+
+ \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group.
+ \param [in] PreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+ \param [in] SubPriority Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+ \return Encoded priority. Value can be used in the function \ref NVIC_SetPriority().
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+ uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */
+ uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+ uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+ PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp;
+ SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS;
+
+ return (
+ ((PreemptPriority & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1)) << SubPriorityBits) |
+ ((SubPriority & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1)))
+ );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Decode Priority
+
+ The function decodes an interrupt priority value with a given priority group to
+ preemptive priority value and subpriority value.
+ In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+ priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the smallest possible priority group is set.
+
+ \param [in] Priority Priority value, which can be retrieved with the function \ref NVIC_GetPriority().
+ \param [in] PriorityGroup Used priority group.
+ \param [out] pPreemptPriority Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+ \param [out] pSubPriority Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority)
+{
+ uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */
+ uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+ uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+ PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp;
+ SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS;
+
+ *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1);
+ *pSubPriority = (Priority ) & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief System Reset
+
+ The function initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+ __DSB(); /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included
+ buffered write are completed before reset */
+ SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
+ (SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) |
+ SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk); /* Keep priority group unchanged */
+ __DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */
+ while(1); /* wait until reset */
+}
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */
+
+
+
+/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions SysTick Functions
+ \brief Functions that configure the System.
+ @{
+ */
+
+#if (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0)
+
+/** \brief System Tick Configuration
+
+ The function initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+ Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+
+ \param [in] ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+
+ \return 0 Function succeeded.
+ \return 1 Function failed.
+
+ \note When the variable __Vendor_SysTickConfig is set to 1, then the
+ function SysTick_Config is not included. In this case, the file device.h
+ must contain a vendor-specific implementation of this function.
+
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks)
+{
+ if ((ticks - 1) > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) return (1); /* Reload value impossible */
+
+ SysTick->LOAD = ticks - 1; /* set reload register */
+ NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1); /* set Priority for Systick Interrupt */
+ SysTick->VAL = 0; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */
+ SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk |
+ SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk |
+ SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */
+ return (0); /* Function successful */
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */
+
+
+
+/* ##################################### Debug In/Output function ########################################### */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions ITM Functions
+ \brief Functions that access the ITM debug interface.
+ @{
+ */
+
+extern volatile int32_t ITM_RxBuffer; /*!< External variable to receive characters. */
+#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /*!< Value identifying \ref ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character. */
+
+
+/** \brief ITM Send Character
+
+ The function transmits a character via the ITM channel 0, and
+ \li Just returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output.
+ \li Is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character sent has not been transmitted.
+
+ \param [in] ch Character to transmit.
+
+ \returns Character to transmit.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t ITM_SendChar (uint32_t ch)
+{
+ if ((ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk) && /* ITM enabled */
+ (ITM->TER & (1UL << 0) ) ) /* ITM Port #0 enabled */
+ {
+ while (ITM->PORT[0].u32 == 0);
+ ITM->PORT[0].u8 = (uint8_t) ch;
+ }
+ return (ch);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief ITM Receive Character
+
+ The function inputs a character via the external variable \ref ITM_RxBuffer.
+
+ \return Received character.
+ \return -1 No character pending.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE int32_t ITM_ReceiveChar (void) {
+ int32_t ch = -1; /* no character available */
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ ch = ITM_RxBuffer;
+ ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */
+ }
+
+ return (ch);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief ITM Check Character
+
+ The function checks whether a character is pending for reading in the variable \ref ITM_RxBuffer.
+
+ \return 0 No character available.
+ \return 1 Character available.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE int32_t ITM_CheckChar (void) {
+
+ if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+ return (0); /* no character available */
+ } else {
+ return (1); /* character available */
+ }
+}
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_core_DebugFunctions */
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM4_H_DEPENDANT */
+
+#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmFunc.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmFunc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1bd88c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmFunc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cmFunc.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Function Access Header File
+ * @version V4.00
+ * @date 28. August 2014
+ *
+ * @note
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2014 ARM LIMITED
+
+ All rights reserved.
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ - Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
+ to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
+ LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CMFUNC_H
+#define __CORE_CMFUNC_H
+
+
+/* ########################### Core Function Access ########################### */
+/** \ingroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+ \defgroup CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions CMSIS Core Register Access Functions
+ @{
+ */
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/
+/* ARM armcc specific functions */
+
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
+ #error "Please use ARM Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!"
+#endif
+
+/* intrinsic void __enable_irq(); */
+/* intrinsic void __disable_irq(); */
+
+/** \brief Get Control Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the Control Register.
+
+ \return Control Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control");
+ return(__regControl);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Control Register
+
+ This function writes the given value to the Control Register.
+
+ \param [in] control Control Register value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control");
+ __regControl = control;
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get IPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the IPSR Register.
+
+ \return IPSR Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regIPSR __ASM("ipsr");
+ return(__regIPSR);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get APSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the APSR Register.
+
+ \return APSR Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regAPSR __ASM("apsr");
+ return(__regAPSR);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get xPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the xPSR Register.
+
+ \return xPSR Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regXPSR __ASM("xpsr");
+ return(__regXPSR);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \return PSP Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp");
+ return(__regProcessStackPointer);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer __ASM("psp");
+ __regProcessStackPointer = topOfProcStack;
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \return MSP Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp");
+ return(__regMainStackPointer);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer __ASM("msp");
+ __regMainStackPointer = topOfMainStack;
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Priority Mask
+
+ This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \return Priority Mask value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask");
+ return(__regPriMask);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Priority Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \param [in] priMask Priority Mask
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask");
+ __regPriMask = (priMask);
+}
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300)
+
+/** \brief Enable FIQ
+
+ This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __enable_fault_irq __enable_fiq
+
+
+/** \brief Disable FIQ
+
+ This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq
+
+
+/** \brief Get Base Priority
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register.
+
+ \return Base Priority register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri");
+ return(__regBasePri);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Base Priority
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register.
+
+ \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri");
+ __regBasePri = (basePri & 0xff);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Fault Mask
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \return Fault Mask register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask");
+ return(__regFaultMask);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Fault Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
+{
+ register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask");
+ __regFaultMask = (faultMask & (uint32_t)1);
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300) */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) || (__CORTEX_M == 0x07)
+
+/** \brief Get FPSCR
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \return Floating Point Status/Control register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1)
+ register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr");
+ return(__regfpscr);
+#else
+ return(0);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set FPSCR
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1)
+ register uint32_t __regfpscr __ASM("fpscr");
+ __regfpscr = (fpscr);
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) || (__CORTEX_M == 0x07) */
+
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* GNU gcc specific functions */
+
+/** \brief Enable IRQ Interrupts
+
+ This function enables IRQ interrupts by clearing the I-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __enable_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsie i" : : : "memory");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Disable IRQ Interrupts
+
+ This function disables IRQ interrupts by setting the I-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __disable_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsid i" : : : "memory");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Control Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the Control Register.
+
+ \return Control Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Control Register
+
+ This function writes the given value to the Control Register.
+
+ \param [in] control Control Register value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) : "memory");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get IPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the IPSR Register.
+
+ \return IPSR Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, ipsr" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get APSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the APSR Register.
+
+ \return APSR Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, apsr" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get xPSR Register
+
+ This function returns the content of the xPSR Register.
+
+ \return xPSR Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, xpsr" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \return PSP Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp\n" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Process Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) : "sp");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \return MSP Register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
+{
+ register uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp\n" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Main Stack Pointer
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+
+ \param [in] topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0\n" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) : "sp");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Priority Mask
+
+ This function returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \return Priority Mask value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Priority Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register.
+
+ \param [in] priMask Priority Mask
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) : "memory");
+}
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+/** \brief Enable FIQ
+
+ This function enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __enable_fault_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsie f" : : : "memory");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Disable FIQ
+
+ This function disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR.
+ Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __disable_fault_irq(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("cpsid f" : : : "memory");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Base Priority
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Base Priority register.
+
+ \return Base Priority register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Base Priority
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Base Priority register.
+
+ \param [in] basePri Base Priority value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) : "memory");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Get Fault Mask
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \return Fault Mask register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set Fault Mask
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register.
+
+ \param [in] faultMask Fault Mask value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) : "memory");
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) || (__CORTEX_M == 0x07)
+
+/** \brief Get FPSCR
+
+ This function returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \return Floating Point Status/Control register value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1)
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ /* Empty asm statement works as a scheduling barrier */
+ __ASM volatile ("");
+ __ASM volatile ("VMRS %0, fpscr" : "=r" (result) );
+ __ASM volatile ("");
+ return(result);
+#else
+ return(0);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Set FPSCR
+
+ This function assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+
+ \param [in] fpscr Floating Point Status/Control value to set
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr)
+{
+#if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1)
+ /* Empty asm statement works as a scheduling barrier */
+ __ASM volatile ("");
+ __ASM volatile ("VMSR fpscr, %0" : : "r" (fpscr) : "vfpcc");
+ __ASM volatile ("");
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M == 0x04) || (__CORTEX_M == 0x07) */
+
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/
+/* IAR iccarm specific functions */
+#include
+
+
+#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) /*---------------- TI CCS Compiler ------------------*/
+/* TI CCS specific functions */
+#include
+
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/
+/* TASKING carm specific functions */
+/*
+ * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
+ * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics,
+ * Including the CMSIS ones.
+ */
+
+
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ ) /*------------------ COSMIC Compiler -------------------*/
+/* Cosmic specific functions */
+#include
+
+#endif
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions */
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CMFUNC_H */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmInstr.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmInstr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cabf4a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmInstr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,880 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cmInstr.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M Core Instruction Access Header File
+ * @version V4.00
+ * @date 28. August 2014
+ *
+ * @note
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2014 ARM LIMITED
+
+ All rights reserved.
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ - Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
+ to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
+ LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CMINSTR_H
+#define __CORE_CMINSTR_H
+
+
+/* ########################## Core Instruction Access ######################### */
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface CMSIS Core Instruction Interface
+ Access to dedicated instructions
+ @{
+*/
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/
+/* ARM armcc specific functions */
+
+#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
+ #error "Please use ARM Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!"
+#endif
+
+
+/** \brief No Operation
+
+ No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes.
+ */
+#define __NOP __nop
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Interrupt
+
+ Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution
+ until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+#define __WFI __wfi
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Event
+
+ Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter
+ a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+#define __WFE __wfe
+
+
+/** \brief Send Event
+
+ Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU.
+ */
+#define __SEV __sev
+
+
+/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier
+
+ Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor,
+ so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or
+ memory, after the instruction has been completed.
+ */
+#define __ISB() __isb(0xF)
+
+
+/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier
+
+ This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier.
+ It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete.
+ */
+#define __DSB() __dsb(0xF)
+
+
+/** \brief Data Memory Barrier
+
+ This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before
+ and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion.
+ */
+#define __DMB() __dmb(0xF)
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in integer value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#define __REV __rev
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
+__attribute__((section(".rev16_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
+{
+ rev16 r0, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
+__attribute__((section(".revsh_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value)
+{
+ revsh r0, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/** \brief Rotate Right in unsigned value (32 bit)
+
+ This function Rotate Right (immediate) provides the value of the contents of a register rotated by a variable number of bits.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to rotate
+ \param [in] value Number of Bits to rotate
+ \return Rotated value
+ */
+#define __ROR __ror
+
+
+/** \brief Breakpoint
+
+ This function causes the processor to enter Debug state.
+ Debug tools can use this to investigate system state when the instruction at a particular address is reached.
+
+ \param [in] value is ignored by the processor.
+ If required, a debugger can use it to store additional information about the breakpoint.
+ */
+#define __BKPT(value) __breakpoint(value)
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300)
+
+/** \brief Reverse bit order of value
+
+ This function reverses the bit order of the given value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+#define __RBIT __rbit
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 8 bit value.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDREXB(ptr) ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDREXH(ptr) ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDREXW(ptr) ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive STR instruction for 8 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+#define __STREXB(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive STR instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+#define __STREXH(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive STR instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+#define __STREXW(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock
+
+ This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
+
+ */
+#define __CLREX __clrex
+
+
+/** \brief Signed Saturate
+
+ This function saturates a signed value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __SSAT __ssat
+
+
+/** \brief Unsigned Saturate
+
+ This function saturates an unsigned value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __USAT __usat
+
+
+/** \brief Count leading zeros
+
+ This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros
+ \return number of leading zeros in value
+ */
+#define __CLZ __clz
+
+
+/** \brief Rotate Right with Extend (32 bit)
+
+ This function moves each bit of a bitstring right by one bit. The carry input is shifted in at the left end of the bitstring.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to rotate
+ \return Rotated value
+ */
+#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
+__attribute__((section(".rrx_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM uint32_t __RRX(uint32_t value)
+{
+ rrx r0, r0
+ bx lr
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/** \brief LDRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 8 bit value.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDRBT(ptr) ((uint8_t ) __ldrt(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief LDRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDRHT(ptr) ((uint16_t) __ldrt(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief LDRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDRT(ptr) ((uint32_t ) __ldrt(ptr))
+
+
+/** \brief STRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 8 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ */
+#define __STRBT(value, ptr) __strt(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief STRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ */
+#define __STRHT(value, ptr) __strt(value, ptr)
+
+
+/** \brief STRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ */
+#define __STRT(value, ptr) __strt(value, ptr)
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300) */
+
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* GNU gcc specific functions */
+
+/* Define macros for porting to both thumb1 and thumb2.
+ * For thumb1, use low register (r0-r7), specified by constrant "l"
+ * Otherwise, use general registers, specified by constrant "r" */
+#if defined (__thumb__) && !defined (__thumb2__)
+#define __CMSIS_GCC_OUT_REG(r) "=l" (r)
+#define __CMSIS_GCC_USE_REG(r) "l" (r)
+#else
+#define __CMSIS_GCC_OUT_REG(r) "=r" (r)
+#define __CMSIS_GCC_USE_REG(r) "r" (r)
+#endif
+
+/** \brief No Operation
+
+ No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __NOP(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("nop");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Interrupt
+
+ Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution
+ until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __WFI(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("wfi");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Wait For Event
+
+ Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter
+ a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __WFE(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("wfe");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Send Event
+
+ Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __SEV(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("sev");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Instruction Synchronization Barrier
+
+ Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor,
+ so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or
+ memory, after the instruction has been completed.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __ISB(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("isb");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Data Synchronization Barrier
+
+ This function acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier.
+ It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __DSB(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("dsb");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Data Memory Barrier
+
+ This function ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before
+ and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion.
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __DMB(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("dmb");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (32 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in integer value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value)
+{
+#if (__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5)
+ return __builtin_bswap32(value);
+#else
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : __CMSIS_GCC_OUT_REG (result) : __CMSIS_GCC_USE_REG (value) );
+ return(result);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in two unsigned short values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : __CMSIS_GCC_OUT_REG (result) : __CMSIS_GCC_USE_REG (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Reverse byte order in signed short value
+
+ This function reverses the byte order in a signed short value with sign extension to integer.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE int32_t __REVSH(int32_t value)
+{
+#if (__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8)
+ return (short)__builtin_bswap16(value);
+#else
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : __CMSIS_GCC_OUT_REG (result) : __CMSIS_GCC_USE_REG (value) );
+ return(result);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Rotate Right in unsigned value (32 bit)
+
+ This function Rotate Right (immediate) provides the value of the contents of a register rotated by a variable number of bits.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to rotate
+ \param [in] value Number of Bits to rotate
+ \return Rotated value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __ROR(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ return (op1 >> op2) | (op1 << (32 - op2));
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Breakpoint
+
+ This function causes the processor to enter Debug state.
+ Debug tools can use this to investigate system state when the instruction at a particular address is reached.
+
+ \param [in] value is ignored by the processor.
+ If required, a debugger can use it to store additional information about the breakpoint.
+ */
+#define __BKPT(value) __ASM volatile ("bkpt "#value)
+
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300)
+
+/** \brief Reverse bit order of value
+
+ This function reverses the bit order of the given value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to reverse
+ \return Reversed value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 8 bit value.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t __LDREXB(volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+#if (__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8)
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "Q" (*addr) );
+#else
+ /* Prior to GCC 4.8, "Q" will be expanded to [rx, #0] which is not
+ accepted by assembler. So has to use following less efficient pattern.
+ */
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) : "memory" );
+#endif
+ return ((uint8_t) result); /* Add explicit type cast here */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint16_t __LDREXH(volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+#if (__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8)
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "Q" (*addr) );
+#else
+ /* Prior to GCC 4.8, "Q" will be expanded to [rx, #0] which is not
+ accepted by assembler. So has to use following less efficient pattern.
+ */
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) : "memory" );
+#endif
+ return ((uint16_t) result); /* Add explicit type cast here */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __LDREXW(volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "Q" (*addr) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive STR instruction for 8 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, %1" : "=&r" (result), "=Q" (*addr) : "r" ((uint32_t)value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive STR instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, %1" : "=&r" (result), "=Q" (*addr) : "r" ((uint32_t)value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a exclusive STR instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ \return 0 Function succeeded
+ \return 1 Function failed
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, %1" : "=&r" (result), "=Q" (*addr) : "r" (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Remove the exclusive lock
+
+ This function removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
+
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __CLREX(void)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("clrex" ::: "memory");
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Signed Saturate
+
+ This function saturates a signed value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (1..32)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __SSAT(ARG1,ARG2) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \
+ __ASM ("ssat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+
+/** \brief Unsigned Saturate
+
+ This function saturates an unsigned value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to be saturated
+ \param [in] sat Bit position to saturate to (0..31)
+ \return Saturated value
+ */
+#define __USAT(ARG1,ARG2) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \
+ __ASM ("usat %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+
+/** \brief Count leading zeros
+
+ This function counts the number of leading zeros of a data value.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to count the leading zeros
+ \return number of leading zeros in value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t __CLZ(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("clz %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
+ return ((uint8_t) result); /* Add explicit type cast here */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief Rotate Right with Extend (32 bit)
+
+ This function moves each bit of a bitstring right by one bit. The carry input is shifted in at the left end of the bitstring.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to rotate
+ \return Rotated value
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __RRX(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("rrx %0, %1" : __CMSIS_GCC_OUT_REG (result) : __CMSIS_GCC_USE_REG (value) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 8 bit value.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t __LDRBT(volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+#if (__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8)
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrbt %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "Q" (*addr) );
+#else
+ /* Prior to GCC 4.8, "Q" will be expanded to [rx, #0] which is not
+ accepted by assembler. So has to use following less efficient pattern.
+ */
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrbt %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) : "memory" );
+#endif
+ return ((uint8_t) result); /* Add explicit type cast here */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint16_t __LDRHT(volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+#if (__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8)
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrht %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "Q" (*addr) );
+#else
+ /* Prior to GCC 4.8, "Q" will be expanded to [rx, #0] which is not
+ accepted by assembler. So has to use following less efficient pattern.
+ */
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrht %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) : "memory" );
+#endif
+ return ((uint16_t) result); /* Add explicit type cast here */
+}
+
+
+/** \brief LDRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to data
+ \return value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __LDRT(volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ldrt %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "Q" (*addr) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 8 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __STRBT(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("strbt %1, %0" : "=Q" (*addr) : "r" ((uint32_t)value) );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 16 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __STRHT(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("strht %1, %0" : "=Q" (*addr) : "r" ((uint32_t)value) );
+}
+
+
+/** \brief STRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
+
+ This function executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 32 bit values.
+
+ \param [in] value Value to store
+ \param [in] ptr Pointer to location
+ */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE void __STRT(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *addr)
+{
+ __ASM volatile ("strt %1, %0" : "=Q" (*addr) : "r" (value) );
+}
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) || (__CORTEX_SC >= 300) */
+
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/
+/* IAR iccarm specific functions */
+#include
+
+
+#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) /*---------------- TI CCS Compiler ------------------*/
+/* TI CCS specific functions */
+#include
+
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/
+/* TASKING carm specific functions */
+/*
+ * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
+ * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics,
+ * Including the CMSIS ones.
+ */
+
+
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ ) /*------------------ COSMIC Compiler -------------------*/
+/* Cosmic specific functions */
+#include
+
+#endif
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface */
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CMINSTR_H */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmSimd.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmSimd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04665617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/cmsis/core_cmSimd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file core_cmSimd.h
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M SIMD Header File
+ * @version V4.00
+ * @date 22. August 2014
+ *
+ * @note
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 - 2014 ARM LIMITED
+
+ All rights reserved.
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ - Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
+ to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
+ LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+#if defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+ #pragma system_include /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CMSIMD_H
+#define __CORE_CMSIMD_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * Hardware Abstraction Layer
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics CMSIS SIMD Intrinsics
+ Access to dedicated SIMD instructions
+ @{
+*/
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/
+/* ARM armcc specific functions */
+#define __SADD8 __sadd8
+#define __QADD8 __qadd8
+#define __SHADD8 __shadd8
+#define __UADD8 __uadd8
+#define __UQADD8 __uqadd8
+#define __UHADD8 __uhadd8
+#define __SSUB8 __ssub8
+#define __QSUB8 __qsub8
+#define __SHSUB8 __shsub8
+#define __USUB8 __usub8
+#define __UQSUB8 __uqsub8
+#define __UHSUB8 __uhsub8
+#define __SADD16 __sadd16
+#define __QADD16 __qadd16
+#define __SHADD16 __shadd16
+#define __UADD16 __uadd16
+#define __UQADD16 __uqadd16
+#define __UHADD16 __uhadd16
+#define __SSUB16 __ssub16
+#define __QSUB16 __qsub16
+#define __SHSUB16 __shsub16
+#define __USUB16 __usub16
+#define __UQSUB16 __uqsub16
+#define __UHSUB16 __uhsub16
+#define __SASX __sasx
+#define __QASX __qasx
+#define __SHASX __shasx
+#define __UASX __uasx
+#define __UQASX __uqasx
+#define __UHASX __uhasx
+#define __SSAX __ssax
+#define __QSAX __qsax
+#define __SHSAX __shsax
+#define __USAX __usax
+#define __UQSAX __uqsax
+#define __UHSAX __uhsax
+#define __USAD8 __usad8
+#define __USADA8 __usada8
+#define __SSAT16 __ssat16
+#define __USAT16 __usat16
+#define __UXTB16 __uxtb16
+#define __UXTAB16 __uxtab16
+#define __SXTB16 __sxtb16
+#define __SXTAB16 __sxtab16
+#define __SMUAD __smuad
+#define __SMUADX __smuadx
+#define __SMLAD __smlad
+#define __SMLADX __smladx
+#define __SMLALD __smlald
+#define __SMLALDX __smlaldx
+#define __SMUSD __smusd
+#define __SMUSDX __smusdx
+#define __SMLSD __smlsd
+#define __SMLSDX __smlsdx
+#define __SMLSLD __smlsld
+#define __SMLSLDX __smlsldx
+#define __SEL __sel
+#define __QADD __qadd
+#define __QSUB __qsub
+
+#define __PKHBT(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1)) ) & 0x0000FFFFUL) | \
+ ((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) << (ARG3)) & 0xFFFF0000UL) )
+
+#define __PKHTB(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1)) ) & 0xFFFF0000UL) | \
+ ((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) >> (ARG3)) & 0x0000FFFFUL) )
+
+#define __SMMLA(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) ( (int32_t)((((int64_t)(ARG1) * (ARG2)) + \
+ ((int64_t)(ARG3) << 32) ) >> 32))
+
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
+/* GNU gcc specific functions */
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("sadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("shadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uqadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHADD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uhadd8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ssub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("shsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("usub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uqsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHSUB8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uhsub8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("sadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("shadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uqadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHADD16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uhadd16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ssub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("shsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("usub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uqsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHSUB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uhsub16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("sasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("shasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uqasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHASX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uhasx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("ssax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SHSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("shsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("usax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UQSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uqsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UHSAX(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uhsax %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USAD8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("usad8 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USADA8(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("usada8 %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+#define __SSAT16(ARG1,ARG2) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \
+ __ASM ("ssat16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+#define __USAT16(ARG1,ARG2) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1); \
+ __ASM ("usat16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "I" (ARG2), "r" (__ARG1) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UXTB16(uint32_t op1)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uxtb16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1));
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __UXTAB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("uxtab16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SXTB16(uint32_t op1)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("sxtb16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1));
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SXTAB16(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("sxtab16 %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUAD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smuad %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUADX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smuadx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLAD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smlad %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLADX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smladx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint64_t __SMLALD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint64_t acc)
+{
+ union llreg_u{
+ uint32_t w32[2];
+ uint64_t w64;
+ } llr;
+ llr.w64 = acc;
+
+#ifndef __ARMEB__ // Little endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlald %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[0]), "=r" (llr.w32[1]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[0]), "1" (llr.w32[1]) );
+#else // Big endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlald %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[1]), "=r" (llr.w32[0]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[1]), "1" (llr.w32[0]) );
+#endif
+
+ return(llr.w64);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint64_t __SMLALDX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint64_t acc)
+{
+ union llreg_u{
+ uint32_t w32[2];
+ uint64_t w64;
+ } llr;
+ llr.w64 = acc;
+
+#ifndef __ARMEB__ // Little endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlaldx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[0]), "=r" (llr.w32[1]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[0]), "1" (llr.w32[1]) );
+#else // Big endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlaldx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[1]), "=r" (llr.w32[0]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[1]), "1" (llr.w32[0]) );
+#endif
+
+ return(llr.w64);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUSD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smusd %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMUSDX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smusdx %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLSD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smlsd %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMLSDX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint32_t op3)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smlsdx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint64_t __SMLSLD (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint64_t acc)
+{
+ union llreg_u{
+ uint32_t w32[2];
+ uint64_t w64;
+ } llr;
+ llr.w64 = acc;
+
+#ifndef __ARMEB__ // Little endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlsld %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[0]), "=r" (llr.w32[1]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[0]), "1" (llr.w32[1]) );
+#else // Big endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlsld %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[1]), "=r" (llr.w32[0]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[1]), "1" (llr.w32[0]) );
+#endif
+
+ return(llr.w64);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint64_t __SMLSLDX (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2, uint64_t acc)
+{
+ union llreg_u{
+ uint32_t w32[2];
+ uint64_t w64;
+ } llr;
+ llr.w64 = acc;
+
+#ifndef __ARMEB__ // Little endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlsldx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[0]), "=r" (llr.w32[1]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[0]), "1" (llr.w32[1]) );
+#else // Big endian
+ __ASM volatile ("smlsldx %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (llr.w32[1]), "=r" (llr.w32[0]): "r" (op1), "r" (op2) , "0" (llr.w32[1]), "1" (llr.w32[0]) );
+#endif
+
+ return(llr.w64);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SEL (uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("sel %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QADD(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qadd %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __QSUB(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+{
+ uint32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("qsub %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (result) : "r" (op1), "r" (op2) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+#define __PKHBT(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2); \
+ __ASM ("pkhbt %0, %1, %2, lsl %3" : "=r" (__RES) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "I" (ARG3) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+#define __PKHTB(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3) \
+({ \
+ uint32_t __RES, __ARG1 = (ARG1), __ARG2 = (ARG2); \
+ if (ARG3 == 0) \
+ __ASM ("pkhtb %0, %1, %2" : "=r" (__RES) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2) ); \
+ else \
+ __ASM ("pkhtb %0, %1, %2, asr %3" : "=r" (__RES) : "r" (__ARG1), "r" (__ARG2), "I" (ARG3) ); \
+ __RES; \
+ })
+
+__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __SMMLA (int32_t op1, int32_t op2, int32_t op3)
+{
+ int32_t result;
+
+ __ASM volatile ("smmla %0, %1, %2, %3" : "=r" (result): "r" (op1), "r" (op2), "r" (op3) );
+ return(result);
+}
+
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/
+/* IAR iccarm specific functions */
+#include
+
+
+#elif defined ( __TMS470__ ) /*---------------- TI CCS Compiler ------------------*/
+/* TI CCS specific functions */
+#include
+
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler --------------*/
+/* TASKING carm specific functions */
+/* not yet supported */
+
+
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ ) /*------------------ COSMIC Compiler -------------------*/
+/* Cosmic specific functions */
+#include
+
+#endif
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CMSIMD_H */
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/stm32f30x.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/stm32f30x.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67eb551c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/stm32f30x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9086 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f30x.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.2
+ * @date 27-February-2015
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File.
+ * This file contains all the peripheral registers definitions, bits
+ * definitions and memory mapping for STM32F30x devices.
+ *
+ * The file is the unique include file that the application programmer
+ * is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains:
+ * - Configuration section that allows to select:
+ * - The device used in the target application
+ * - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e.
+ * code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers
+ * rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by
+ * "#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER"
+ * - To change few application-specific parameters such as the HSE
+ * crystal frequency
+ * - Data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals
+ * - Peripheral registers declarations and bits definition
+ * - Macros to access peripheral registers hardware
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32f30x
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STM32F30x_H
+#define __STM32F30x_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32 device used in your
+ application
+ */
+
+/* Old STM32F30X definition, maintained for legacy purpose */
+#if defined(STM32F30X)
+ #define STM32F303xC
+#endif /* STM32F30X */
+
+#if !defined (STM32F303xC) && !defined (STM32F334x8) && !defined (STM32F302x8) && !defined (STM32F303xE)
+/* #define STM32F303xC */ /*!< STM32F303CB, STM32F303CC, STM32F303RB, STM32F303RC, STM32F303VB, STM32F303VC
+ STM32F302CB, STM32F302CC, STM32F302RC, STM32F302RB, STM32F302VC, STM32F302VB,
+ STM32F358CC, STM32F358RC and STM32F358VC Devices */
+/* #define STM32F334x8 */ /*!< STM32F334C4, STM32F334K4, STM32F334C6, STM32F334R6, STM32F334K6, STM32F334C8, STM32F334R8, STM32F334K8,
+ STM32F303K8, STM32F303K6, STM32F303C8, STM32F303C6, STM32F303R8, STM32F303R6 and STM32F328C8 Devices */
+/* #define STM32F302x8 */ /*!< STM32F302K6, STM32F302K8, STM32F302C6, STM32F302C8, STM32F302R6, STM32F302R8,
+ STM32F301K8, STM32F301C8, STM32F301R8, STM32F301K6, STM32F301C6, STM32F301R6, STM32F313K8 and STM32F318C8 Devices */
+/* #define STM32F303xE */ /*!< STM32F303CE, STM32F303CD, STM32F303RE, STM32F303RD, STM32F303VE, STM32F303VD, STM32F303ZE,
+ STM32F303ZD, STM32F302CE, STM32F302CD, STM32F302RE, STM32F302RD, STM32F302VE, STM32F302ZE,
+ STM32F302ZD and STM32F398VE Devices */
+#endif /* STM32F303xC || STM32F334x8 || STM32F302x8 || STM32F303xE */
+
+
+/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these
+ devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor.
+ */
+
+#if !defined (STM32F303xC) && !defined (STM32F334x8) && !defined (STM32F302x8) && !defined (STM32F303xE)
+ #error "Please select first the target STM32F30X device used in your application (in stm32f30x.h file)"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER)
+/**
+ * @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers.
+ In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will
+ be based on direct access to peripherals registers
+ */
+ /* #define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER */
+#endif /* USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER */
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE)
+ used in your application
+
+ Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, you
+ can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor.
+ */
+#if !defined (HSE_VALUE)
+ #define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
+#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup
+ Timeout value
+ */
+#if !defined (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+ #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x5000) /*!< Time out for HSE start up */
+#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+/**
+ * @brief In the following line adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) Startup
+ Timeout value
+ */
+#if !defined (HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+ #define HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x5000) /*!< Time out for HSI start up */
+#endif /* HSI_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+#if !defined (HSI_VALUE)
+ #define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000)
+#endif /* HSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal High Speed oscillator in Hz.
+ The real value may vary depending on the variations
+ in voltage and temperature. */
+#if !defined (LSI_VALUE)
+ #define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)40000)
+#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
+ The real value may vary depending on the variations
+ in voltage and temperature. */
+#if !defined (LSE_VALUE)
+ #define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */
+#endif /* LSE_VALUE */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief STM32F30x Standard Peripherals Library version number V1.2.2
+ */
+#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 (0x02) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 (0x02) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
+#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
+#define __STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION ( (__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
+ |(__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
+ |(__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 << 8)\
+ |(__STM32F30X_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Configuration_section_for_CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configuration of the Cortex-M4 Processor and Core Peripherals
+ */
+#define __CM4_REV 0x0001 /*!< Core revision r0p1 */
+#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32F30X provide an MPU */
+#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< STM32F30X uses 4 Bits for the Priority Levels */
+#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */
+#define __FPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32F30X provide an FPU */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief STM32F30X Interrupt Number Definition, according to the selected device
+ * in @ref Library_configuration_section
+ */
+typedef enum IRQn
+{
+/****** Cortex-M4 Processor Exceptions Numbers ****************************************************************/
+ NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */
+ MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M4 Memory Management Interrupt */
+ BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M4 Bus Fault Interrupt */
+ UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M4 Usage Fault Interrupt */
+ SVCall_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M4 SV Call Interrupt */
+ DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M4 Debug Monitor Interrupt */
+ PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M4 Pend SV Interrupt */
+ SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M4 System Tick Interrupt */
+/****** STM32 specific Interrupt Numbers **********************************************************************/
+#ifdef STM32F303xC
+ WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */
+ PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */
+ TAMPER_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and TimeStamp interrupts */
+ RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup interrupt through the EXTI lines 17, 19 & 20 */
+ FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */
+ RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */
+ EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */
+ EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */
+ EXTI2_TS_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt and Touch Sense Interrupt */
+ EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */
+ EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel1_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Channel 1 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel2_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Channel 2 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel3_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Channel 3 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel4_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Channel 4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel5_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Channel 5 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel6_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Channel 6 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel7_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Channel 7 Interrupt */
+ ADC1_2_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1 & ADC2 Interrupts */
+ USB_HP_CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< USB Device High Priority or CAN1 TX Interrupts */
+ USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< USB Device Low Priority or CAN1 RX0 Interrupts */
+ CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */
+ CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */
+ EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */
+ TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break and TIM15 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update and TIM16 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM17 Interrupt */
+ TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */
+ TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */
+ TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */
+ TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */
+ I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */
+ I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */
+ SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */
+ SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */
+ USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */
+ USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */
+ USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */
+ EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */
+ RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ USBWakeUp_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt */
+ TIM8_BRK_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt */
+ TIM8_UP_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt */
+ TIM8_TRG_COM_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt */
+ TIM8_CC_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM8 Capture Compare Interrupt */
+ ADC3_IRQn = 47, /*!< ADC3 global Interrupt */
+ SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */
+ UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */
+ UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */
+ TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */
+ TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel1_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Channel 1 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel2_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Channel 2 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel3_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Channel 3 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel4_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Channel 4 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel5_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Channel 5 global Interrupt */
+ ADC4_IRQn = 61, /*!< ADC4 global Interrupt */
+ COMP1_2_3_IRQn = 64, /*!< COMP1, COMP2 and COMP3 global Interrupt */
+ COMP4_5_6_IRQn = 65, /*!< COMP5, COMP6 and COMP4 global Interrupt */
+ COMP7_IRQn = 66, /*!< COMP7 global Interrupt */
+ USB_HP_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB High Priority global Interrupt remap */
+ USB_LP_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB Low Priority global Interrupt remap */
+ USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt remap */
+ FPU_IRQn = 81 /*!< Floating point Interrupt */
+#endif /* STM32F303xC */
+#ifdef STM32F334x8
+ WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */
+ PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */
+ TAMPER_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and TimeStamp interrupts */
+ RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup interrupt through the EXTI lines 17, 19 & 20 */
+ FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */
+ RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */
+ EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */
+ EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */
+ EXTI2_TS_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt and Touch Sense Interrupt */
+ EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */
+ EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel1_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Channel 1 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel2_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Channel 2 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel3_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Channel 3 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel4_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Channel 4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel5_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Channel 5 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel6_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Channel 6 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel7_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Channel 7 Interrupt */
+ ADC1_2_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1 & ADC2 Interrupts */
+ CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< CAN1 TX Interrupts */
+ CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< CAN1 RX0 Interrupts */
+ CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */
+ CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */
+ EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */
+ TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break and TIM15 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update and TIM16 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM17 Interrupt */
+ TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */
+ TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */
+ TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */
+ I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */
+ SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */
+ USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */
+ USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */
+ USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */
+ EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */
+ RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ TIM6_DAC1_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1 underrun error interrupts */
+ TIM7_DAC2_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global and DAC2 underrun error Interrupt */
+ COMP2_IRQn = 64, /*!< COMP2 global Interrupt */
+ COMP4_6_IRQn = 65, /*!< COMP6 and COMP4 global Interrupt */
+ HRTIM1_Master_IRQn = 67, /*!< HRTIM Master Timer global Interrupts */
+ HRTIM1_TIMA_IRQn = 68, /*!< HRTIM Timer A global Interrupt */
+ HRTIM1_TIMB_IRQn = 69, /*!< HRTIM Timer B global Interrupt */
+ HRTIM1_TIMC_IRQn = 70, /*!< HRTIM Timer C global Interrupt */
+ HRTIM1_TIMD_IRQn = 71, /*!< HRTIM Timer D global Interrupt */
+ HRTIM1_TIME_IRQn = 72, /*!< HRTIM Timer E global Interrupt */
+ HRTIM1_FLT_IRQn = 73, /*!< HRTIM Fault global Interrupt */
+ FPU_IRQn = 81 /*!< Floating point Interrupt */
+#endif /* STM32F334x8 */
+#ifdef STM32F302x8
+ WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */
+ PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */
+ TAMPER_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and TimeStamp interrupts */
+ RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup interrupt through the EXTI lines 20 */
+ FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */
+ RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */
+ EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */
+ EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */
+ EXTI2_TS_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt and Touch Sense Interrupt */
+ EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */
+ EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel1_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Channel 1 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel2_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Channel 2 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel3_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Channel 3 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel4_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Channel 4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel5_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Channel 5 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel6_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Channel 6 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel7_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Channel 7 Interrupt */
+ ADC1_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1 Interrupts */
+ USB_HP_CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< USB Device High Priority or CAN1 TX Interrupts */
+ USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< USB Device Low Priority or CAN1 RX0 Interrupts */
+ CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */
+ CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */
+ EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */
+ TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break and TIM15 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update and TIM16 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM17 Interrupt */
+ TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */
+ TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */
+ I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */
+ I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */
+ SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */
+ USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */
+ USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */
+ USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */
+ EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */
+ RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ USBWakeUp_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt */
+ SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */
+ TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */
+ COMP2_IRQn = 64, /*!< COMP2 global Interrupt */
+ COMP4_6_IRQn = 65, /*!< COMP5, COMP6 and COMP4 global Interrupt */
+ COMP7_IRQn = 66, /*!< COMP7 global Interrupt */
+ I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 Error Interrupt */
+ USB_HP_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB High Priority global Interrupt remap */
+ USB_LP_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB Low Priority global Interrupt remap */
+ USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt remap */
+ FPU_IRQn = 81 /*!< Floating point Interrupt */
+#endif /* STM32F302x8 */
+#ifdef STM32F303xE
+ WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */
+ PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */
+ TAMPER_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and TimeStamp interrupts */
+ RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup interrupt through the EXTI lines 17, 19 & 20 */
+ FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */
+ RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */
+ EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */
+ EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */
+ EXTI2_TS_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt and Touch Sense Interrupt */
+ EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */
+ EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel1_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Channel 1 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel2_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Channel 2 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel3_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Channel 3 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel4_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Channel 4 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel5_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Channel 5 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel6_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Channel 6 Interrupt */
+ DMA1_Channel7_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Channel 7 Interrupt */
+ ADC1_2_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1 & ADC2 Interrupts */
+ USB_HP_CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< USB Device High Priority or CAN1 TX Interrupts */
+ USB_LP_CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< USB Device Low Priority or CAN1 RX0 Interrupts */
+ CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */
+ CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */
+ EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */
+ TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break and TIM15 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update and TIM16 Interrupts */
+ TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM17 Interrupt */
+ TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */
+ TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */
+ TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */
+ TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */
+ I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */
+ I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */
+ I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */
+ SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */
+ SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */
+ USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */
+ USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */
+ USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */
+ EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */
+ RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */
+ USBWakeUp_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt */
+ TIM8_BRK_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt */
+ TIM8_UP_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt */
+ TIM8_TRG_COM_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt */
+ TIM8_CC_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM8 Capture Compare Interrupt */
+ ADC3_IRQn = 47, /*!< ADC3 global Interrupt */
+ FMC_IRQn = 48, /*!< FMC global Interrupt */
+ SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */
+ UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */
+ UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */
+ TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */
+ TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel1_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Channel 1 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel2_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Channel 2 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel3_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Channel 3 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel4_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Channel 4 global Interrupt */
+ DMA2_Channel5_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Channel 5 global Interrupt */
+ ADC4_IRQn = 61, /*!< ADC4 global Interrupt */
+ COMP1_2_3_IRQn = 64, /*!< COMP1, COMP2 and COMP3 global Interrupt */
+ COMP4_5_6_IRQn = 65, /*!< COMP5, COMP6 and COMP4 global Interrupt */
+ COMP7_IRQn = 66, /*!< COMP7 global Interrupt */
+ I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 event interrupt */
+ I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 error interrupt */
+ USB_HP_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB High Priority global Interrupt remap */
+ USB_LP_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB Low Priority global Interrupt remap */
+ USBWakeUp_RMP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB Wakeup Interrupt remap */
+ TIM20_BRK_IRQn = 77, /*!< TIM20 Break Interrupt */
+ TIM20_UP_IRQn = 78, /*!< TIM20 Update Interrupt */
+ TIM20_TRG_COM_IRQn = 79, /*!< TIM20 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt */
+ TIM20_CC_IRQn = 80, /*!< TIM20 Capture Compare Interrupt */
+ FPU_IRQn = 81, /*!< Floating point Interrupt */
+ SPI4_IRQn = 84 /*!< SPI4 global Interrupt */
+#endif /* STM32F303xE */
+} IRQn_Type;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "core_cm4.h" /* Cortex-M4 processor and core peripherals */
+#include "system_stm32f30x.h" /* STM32F30x System Header */
+#include
+
+/** @addtogroup Exported_types
+ * @{
+ */
+/*!< STM32F10x Standard Peripheral Library old types (maintained for legacy purpose) */
+typedef int32_t s32;
+typedef int16_t s16;
+typedef int8_t s8;
+
+typedef const int32_t sc32; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef const int16_t sc16; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef const int8_t sc8; /*!< Read Only */
+
+typedef __IO int32_t vs32;
+typedef __IO int16_t vs16;
+typedef __IO int8_t vs8;
+
+typedef __I int32_t vsc32; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef __I int16_t vsc16; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef __I int8_t vsc8; /*!< Read Only */
+
+typedef uint32_t u32;
+typedef uint16_t u16;
+typedef uint8_t u8;
+
+typedef const uint32_t uc32; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef const uint16_t uc16; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef const uint8_t uc8; /*!< Read Only */
+
+typedef __IO uint32_t vu32;
+typedef __IO uint16_t vu16;
+typedef __IO uint8_t vu8;
+
+typedef __I uint32_t vuc32; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef __I uint16_t vuc16; /*!< Read Only */
+typedef __I uint8_t vuc8; /*!< Read Only */
+
+typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, ITStatus;
+
+typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState;
+#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE))
+
+typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup Peripheral_registers_structures
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Analog to Digital Converter
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< ADC Interrupt and Status Register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< ADC Interrupt Enable Register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< ADC control register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< ADC Configuration register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x010 */
+ __IO uint32_t SMPR1; /*!< ADC sample time register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t SMPR2; /*!< ADC sample time register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x01C */
+ __IO uint32_t TR1; /*!< ADC watchdog threshold register 1, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t TR2; /*!< ADC watchdog threshold register 2, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t TR3; /*!< ADC watchdog threshold register 3, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x02C */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR1; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 1, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR2; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 2, Address offset: 0x34 */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR3; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 3, Address offset: 0x38 */
+ __IO uint32_t SQR4; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 4, Address offset: 0x3C */
+ __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< ADC regular data register, Address offset: 0x40 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x044 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x048 */
+ __IO uint32_t JSQR; /*!< ADC injected sequence register, Address offset: 0x4C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[4]; /*!< Reserved, 0x050 - 0x05C */
+ __IO uint32_t OFR1; /*!< ADC offset register 1, Address offset: 0x60 */
+ __IO uint32_t OFR2; /*!< ADC offset register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */
+ __IO uint32_t OFR3; /*!< ADC offset register 3, Address offset: 0x68 */
+ __IO uint32_t OFR4; /*!< ADC offset register 4, Address offset: 0x6C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED6[4]; /*!< Reserved, 0x070 - 0x07C */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR1; /*!< ADC injected data register 1, Address offset: 0x80 */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR2; /*!< ADC injected data register 2, Address offset: 0x84 */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR3; /*!< ADC injected data register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */
+ __IO uint32_t JDR4; /*!< ADC injected data register 4, Address offset: 0x8C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED7[4]; /*!< Reserved, 0x090 - 0x09C */
+ __IO uint32_t AWD2CR; /*!< ADC Analog Watchdog 2 Configuration Register, Address offset: 0xA0 */
+ __IO uint32_t AWD3CR; /*!< ADC Analog Watchdog 3 Configuration Register, Address offset: 0xA4 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A8 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x0AC */
+ __IO uint32_t DIFSEL; /*!< ADC Differential Mode Selection Register, Address offset: 0xB0 */
+ __IO uint32_t CALFACT; /*!< ADC Calibration Factors, Address offset: 0xB4 */
+
+} ADC_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< ADC Common status register, Address offset: ADC1/3 base address + 0x300 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED; /*!< Reserved, ADC1/3 base address + 0x304 */
+ __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< ADC common control register, Address offset: ADC1/3 base address + 0x308 */
+ __IO uint32_t CDR; /*!< ADC common regular data register for dual
+ modes, Address offset: ADC1/3 base address + 0x30A */
+} ADC_Common_TypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Controller Area Network TxMailBox
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t TIR; /*!< CAN TX mailbox identifier register */
+ __IO uint32_t TDTR; /*!< CAN mailbox data length control and time stamp register */
+ __IO uint32_t TDLR; /*!< CAN mailbox data low register */
+ __IO uint32_t TDHR; /*!< CAN mailbox data high register */
+} CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Controller Area Network FIFOMailBox
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t RIR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox identifier register */
+ __IO uint32_t RDTR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data length control and time stamp register */
+ __IO uint32_t RDLR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data low register */
+ __IO uint32_t RDHR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data high register */
+} CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Controller Area Network FilterRegister
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t FR1; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */
+ __IO uint32_t FR2; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */
+} CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Controller Area Network
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t MCR; /*!< CAN master control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t MSR; /*!< CAN master status register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t TSR; /*!< CAN transmit status register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t RF0R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 0 register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t RF1R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 1 register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< CAN interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t ESR; /*!< CAN error status register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t BTR; /*!< CAN bit timing register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0[88]; /*!< Reserved, 0x020 - 0x17F */
+ CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef sTxMailBox[3]; /*!< CAN Tx MailBox, Address offset: 0x180 - 0x1AC */
+ CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef sFIFOMailBox[2]; /*!< CAN FIFO MailBox, Address offset: 0x1B0 - 0x1CC */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1[12]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1D0 - 0x1FF */
+ __IO uint32_t FMR; /*!< CAN filter master register, Address offset: 0x200 */
+ __IO uint32_t FM1R; /*!< CAN filter mode register, Address offset: 0x204 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x208 */
+ __IO uint32_t FS1R; /*!< CAN filter scale register, Address offset: 0x20C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x210 */
+ __IO uint32_t FFA1R; /*!< CAN filter FIFO assignment register, Address offset: 0x214 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x218 */
+ __IO uint32_t FA1R; /*!< CAN filter activation register, Address offset: 0x21C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED5[8]; /*!< Reserved, 0x220-0x23F */
+ CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef sFilterRegister[28]; /*!< CAN Filter Register, Address offset: 0x240-0x31C */
+} CAN_TypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Analog Comparators
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< Comparator control Status register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+} COMP_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief CRC calculation unit
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRC Data register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint8_t IDR; /*!< CRC Independent data register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ uint8_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x05 */
+ uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRC Control register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t INIT; /*!< Initial CRC value register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t POL; /*!< CRC polynomial register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+} CRC_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Digital to Analog Converter
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DAC control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t SWTRIGR; /*!< DAC software trigger register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12R1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12L1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR8R1; /*!< DAC channel1 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12R2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12L2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR8R2; /*!< DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12RD; /*!< Dual DAC 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR12LD; /*!< DUAL DAC 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t DHR8RD; /*!< DUAL DAC 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t DOR1; /*!< DAC channel1 data output register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ __IO uint32_t DOR2; /*!< DAC channel2 data output register, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DAC status register, Address offset: 0x34 */
+} DAC_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Debug MCU
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t IDCODE; /*!< MCU device ID code, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Debug MCU configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB1FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB1 freeze register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t APB2FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB2 freeze register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+}DBGMCU_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA Controller
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< DMA channel x configuration register */
+ __IO uint32_t CNDTR; /*!< DMA channel x number of data register */
+ __IO uint32_t CPAR; /*!< DMA channel x peripheral address register */
+ __IO uint32_t CMAR; /*!< DMA channel x memory address register */
+} DMA_Channel_TypeDef;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< DMA interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t IFCR; /*!< DMA interrupt clear flag register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+} DMA_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief External Interrupt/Event Controller
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< EXTI Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t EMR; /*!< EXTI Event mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t RTSR; /*!< EXTI Rising trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t FTSR; /*!< EXTI Falling trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t SWIER; /*!< EXTI Software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< EXTI Pending register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x18 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t IMR2; /*!< EXTI Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+ __IO uint32_t EMR2; /*!< EXTI Event mask register, Address offset: 0x24 */
+ __IO uint32_t RTSR2; /*!< EXTI Rising trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x28 */
+ __IO uint32_t FTSR2; /*!< EXTI Falling trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x2C */
+ __IO uint32_t SWIER2; /*!< EXTI Software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x30 */
+ __IO uint32_t PR2; /*!< EXTI Pending register, Address offset: 0x34 */
+}EXTI_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH Registers
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t ACR; /*!< FLASH access control register, Address offset: 0x00 */
+ __IO uint32_t KEYR; /*!< FLASH key register, Address offset: 0x04 */
+ __IO uint32_t OPTKEYR; /*!< FLASH option key register, Address offset: 0x08 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< FLASH status register, Address offset: 0x0C */
+ __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< FLASH control register, Address offset: 0x10 */
+ __IO uint32_t AR; /*!< FLASH address register, Address offset: 0x14 */
+ uint32_t RESERVED; /*!< Reserved, 0x18 */
+ __IO uint32_t OBR; /*!< FLASH Option byte register, Address offset: 0x1C */
+ __IO uint32_t WRPR; /*!< FLASH Write register, Address offset: 0x20 */
+
+} FLASH_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flexible Memory Controller
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t BTCR[8]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM chip-select control register(BCR) and chip-select timing register(BTR), Address offset: 0x00-1C */
+} FMC_Bank1_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank1E
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t BWTR[7]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM write timing registers, Address offset: 0x104-0x11C */
+} FMC_Bank1E_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank2
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t PCR2; /*!< NAND Flash control register 2, Address offset: 0x60 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR2; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */
+ __IO uint32_t PMEM2; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x68 */
+ __IO uint32_t PATT2; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x6C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x70 */
+ __IO uint32_t ECCR2; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 2, Address offset: 0x74 */
+} FMC_Bank2_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank3
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t PCR3; /*!< NAND Flash control register 3, Address offset: 0x80 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR3; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 3, Address offset: 0x84 */
+ __IO uint32_t PMEM3; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */
+ __IO uint32_t PATT3; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x8C */
+ uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x90 */
+ __IO uint32_t ECCR3; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 3, Address offset: 0x94 */
+} FMC_Bank3_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flexible Memory Controller Bank4
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint32_t PCR4; /*!< PC Card control register 4, Address offset: 0xA0 */
+ __IO uint32_t SR4; /*!< PC Card FIFO status and interrupt register 4, Address offset: 0xA4 */
+ __IO uint32_t PMEM4; /*!< PC Card Common memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xA8 */
+ __IO uint32_t PATT4; /*!< PC Card Attribute memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xAC */
+ __IO uint32_t PIO4; /*!< PC Card I/O space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xB0 */
+} FMC_Bank4_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Option Bytes Registers
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ __IO uint16_t RDP; /*!© COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32F30X_CONF_H
+#define __STM32F30X_CONF_H
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Comment the line below to disable peripheral header file inclusion */
+#include "stm32f30x_adc.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_can.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_crc.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_comp.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_dac.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_dma.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_exti.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_flash.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_fmc.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_hrtim.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_syscfg.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_iwdg.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_opamp.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_tim.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_wwdg.h"
+#include "stm32f30x_misc.h" /* High level functions for NVIC and SysTick (add-on to CMSIS functions) */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
+ Standard Peripheral Library drivers code */
+/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1 */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+
+/**
+ * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
+ * @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function which reports
+ * the name of the source file and the source line number of the call
+ * that failed. If expr is true, it returns no value.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0 : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+ void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+#endif /* __STM32F30X_CONF_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/system_stm32f30x.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/system_stm32f30x.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ff15881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/system_stm32f30x.c
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file system_stm32f30x.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.0.0
+ * @date 27-February-2014
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File.
+ * This file contains the system clock configuration for STM32F30x devices,
+ * and is generated by the clock configuration tool
+ * stm32f30x_Clock_Configuration_V1.0.0.xls
+ *
+ * 1. This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from
+ * user application:
+ * - SystemInit(): Setups the system clock (System clock source, PLL Multiplier
+ * and Divider factors, AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings),
+ * depending on the configuration made in the clock xls tool.
+ * This function is called at startup just after reset and
+ * before branch to main program. This call is made inside
+ * the "startup_stm32f30x.s" file.
+ *
+ * - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used
+ * by the user application to setup the SysTick
+ * timer or configure other parameters.
+ *
+ * - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must
+ * be called whenever the core clock is changed
+ * during program execution.
+ *
+ * 2. After each device reset the HSI (8 MHz) is used as system clock source.
+ * Then SystemInit() function is called, in "startup_stm32f30x.s" file, to
+ * configure the system clock before to branch to main program.
+ *
+ * 3. If the system clock source selected by user fails to startup, the SystemInit()
+ * function will do nothing and HSI still used as system clock source. User can
+ * add some code to deal with this issue inside the SetSysClock() function.
+ *
+ * 4. The default value of HSE crystal is set to 8MHz, refer to "HSE_VALUE" define
+ * in "stm32f30x.h" file. When HSE is used as system clock source, directly or
+ * through PLL, and you are using different crystal you have to adapt the HSE
+ * value to your own configuration.
+ *
+ * 5. This file configures the system clock as follows:
+ *=============================================================================
+ * Supported STM32F30x device
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * System Clock source | PLL(HSI)
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * SYSCLK(Hz) | 64000000
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * HCLK(Hz) | 64000000
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * AHB Prescaler | 1
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * APB2 Prescaler | 1
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * APB1 Prescaler | 2
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * HSE Frequency(Hz) | 8000000
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * PLLMUL | 16
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * PREDIV | 2
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * USB Clock | DISABLE
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Flash Latency(WS) | 2
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Prefetch Buffer | ON
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *=============================================================================
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2012 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32f30x_system
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Includes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "stm32f30x.h"
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_TypesDefinitions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in
+ Internal SRAM. */
+/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */
+#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET 0x0 /*!< Vector Table base offset field.
+ This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 64000000;
+
+ __I uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+static void SetSysClock(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Setup the microcontroller system
+ * Initialize the Embedded Flash Interface, the PLL and update the
+ * SystemFrequency variable.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SystemInit(void)
+{
+ /* FPU settings ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ #if (__FPU_PRESENT == 1) && (__FPU_USED == 1)
+ SCB->CPACR |= ((3UL << 10*2)|(3UL << 11*2)); /* set CP10 and CP11 Full Access */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state ------------*/
+ /* Set HSION bit */
+ RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001;
+
+ /* Reset CFGR register */
+ RCC->CFGR &= 0xF87FC00C;
+
+ /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF;
+
+ /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+ RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF;
+
+ /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL and USBPRE bits */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)0xFF80FFFF;
+
+ /* Reset PREDIV1[3:0] bits */
+ RCC->CFGR2 &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0;
+
+ /* Reset USARTSW[1:0], I2CSW and TIMs bits */
+ RCC->CFGR3 &= (uint32_t)0xFF00FCCC;
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ RCC->CIR = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* Configure the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors,
+ AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings ----------------------------------*/
+ SetSysClock();
+
+/* vector table initialization disabled because this is handled by the OpenBLT
+ * bootloader, right before this program is started. Alternatively, you can
+ * enable this code again as long as you set VECT_TAB_OFFSET to the actual start
+ * address of the vector table. This is not the default start in flash because this
+ * is where the OpenBLT bootloader resides.
+ */
+#if 0
+ #ifdef VECT_TAB_SRAM
+ SCB->VTOR = SRAM_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal SRAM. */
+ #else
+ SCB->VTOR = FLASH_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal FLASH. */
+ #endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Update SystemCoreClock variable according to Clock Register Values.
+ * The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can
+ * be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure
+ * other parameters.
+ *
+ * @note Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called
+ * to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration
+ * based on this variable will be incorrect.
+ *
+ * @note - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
+ * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
+ * constant and the selected clock source:
+ *
+ * - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*)
+ *
+ * - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
+ *
+ * - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
+ * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+ *
+ * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+ * in voltage and temperature.
+ *
+ * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f30x.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+ * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+ * have wrong result.
+ *
+ * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+ * value for HSE crystal.
+ *
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, prediv1factor = 0;
+
+ /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+ tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS;
+
+ switch (tmp)
+ {
+ case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock */
+ SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock */
+ SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+ case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock */
+ /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+ pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL;
+ pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
+ pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2;
+
+ if (pllsource == 0x00)
+ {
+ /* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */
+ SystemCoreClock = (HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmull;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prediv1factor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + 1;
+ /* HSE oscillator clock selected as PREDIV1 clock entry */
+ SystemCoreClock = (HSE_VALUE / prediv1factor) * pllmull;
+ }
+ break;
+ default: /* HSI used as system clock */
+ SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Compute HCLK clock frequency ----------------*/
+ /* Get HCLK prescaler */
+ tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)];
+ /* HCLK clock frequency */
+ SystemCoreClock >>= tmp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors,
+ * AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings
+ * @note This function should be called only once the RCC clock configuration
+ * is reset to the default reset state (done in SystemInit() function).
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SetSysClock(void)
+{
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* PLL (clocked by HSI) used as System clock source */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+ /* At this stage the HSI is already enabled and used as System clock source */
+
+ /* SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK configuration ----------------------------------------*/
+
+ /* Enable Prefetch Buffer and set Flash Latency */
+ FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTBE | (uint32_t)FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_1;
+
+ /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1 */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1;
+
+ /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 1 */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV1;
+
+ /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 2 */
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV2;
+
+ /* PLL configuration */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE | RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL));
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI_Div2 | RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_PREDIV1 | RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL16);
+
+ /* Enable PLL */
+ RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON;
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+ while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0)
+ {
+ }
+
+ /* Select PLL as system clock source */
+ RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW));
+ RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL;
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is used as system clock source */
+ while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS) != (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/system_stm32f30x.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/system_stm32f30x.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ed5138e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/lib/system_stm32f30x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file system_stm32f30x.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.2.2
+ * @date 27-February-2015
+ * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M4 Device System Source File for STM32F30x devices.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32f30x_system
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion
+ */
+#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32F30X_H
+#define __SYSTEM_STM32F30X_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F30x_System_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern void SystemInit(void);
+extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32F30X_H */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/main.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c52b45db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/************************************************************************************//**
+* \file Demo\ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio\Prog\main.c
+* \brief Demo program application source file.
+* \ingroup Prog_ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio
+* \internal
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* C O P Y R I G H T
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* Copyright (c) 2017 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+*
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* L I C E N S E
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+* Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+* version.
+*
+* OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+* without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+* PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+*
+* You have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT. It
+* should be located in ".\Doc\license.html". If not, contact Feaser to obtain a copy.
+*
+* \endinternal
+****************************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Include files
+****************************************************************************************/
+#include "header.h" /* generic header */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Function prototypes
+****************************************************************************************/
+static void Init(void);
+
+
+/************************************************************************************//**
+** \brief This is the entry point for the bootloader application and is called
+** by the reset interrupt vector after the C-startup routines executed.
+** \return Program exit code.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* initialize the microcontroller */
+ Init();
+ /* initialize the bootloader interface */
+ BootComInit();
+
+ /* start the infinite program loop */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* toggle LED with a fixed frequency */
+ LedToggle();
+ /* check for bootloader activation request */
+ BootComCheckActivationRequest();
+ }
+ /* set program exit code. note that the program should never get here */
+ return 0;
+} /*** end of main ***/
+
+
+/************************************************************************************//**
+** \brief Initializes the microcontroller.
+** \return none.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+static void Init(void)
+{
+ /* init the led driver */
+ LedInit();
+ /* init the timer driver */
+ TimerInit();
+} /*** end of Init ***/
+
+
+/*********************************** end of main.c *************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/prog.dox b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/prog.dox
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aab55c7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/prog.dox
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/**
+\defgroup Prog_ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio User Program
+\ingroup ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio
+\brief User Program.
+\details The intention of the demo user program is two-fold. (1) To test the
+ bootloader, you need some sort of firmware to see if you can perform a
+ firmware update with the bootloader. This program can be used for this
+ purpose. (2) To make firmware programmable by the bootloader, a few
+ adjustments to the firmware are required. The demo user program serves as an
+ example for how these adjustments can be implemented. Additional details on
+ this subject can be found in the port specifics documentation, which is
+ available at:
+ https://www.feaser.com/openblt/doku.php?id=manual:ports:armcm4_stm32f3.
+*/
+
+
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/startup_stm32f303x8.s b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/startup_stm32f303x8.s
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ca468d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/startup_stm32f303x8.s
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file startup_stm32f303x8.s
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @version V1.1.0
+ * @date 12-Sept-2014
+ * @brief STM32F303x6/STM32F303x8 devices vector table for
+ * Atollic TrueSTUDIO toolchain.
+ * This module performs:
+ * - Set the initial SP
+ * - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler,
+ * - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address,
+ * - Configure the clock system
+ * - Branches to main in the C library (which eventually
+ * calls main()).
+ * After Reset the Cortex-M4 processor is in Thread mode,
+ * priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * © COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics
+ *
+ * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
+ * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ *
+ * http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ .syntax unified
+ .cpu cortex-m4
+ .fpu softvfp
+ .thumb
+
+.global g_pfnVectors
+.global Default_Handler
+
+/* start address for the initialization values of the .data section.
+defined in linker script */
+.word _sidata
+/* start address for the .data section. defined in linker script */
+.word _sdata
+/* end address for the .data section. defined in linker script */
+.word _edata
+/* start address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */
+.word _sbss
+/* end address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */
+.word _ebss
+
+.equ BootRAM, 0xF1E0F85F
+/**
+ * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor first
+ * starts execution following a reset event. Only the absolutely
+ * necessary set is performed, after which the application
+ * supplied main() routine is called.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval : None
+*/
+
+ .section .text.Reset_Handler
+ .weak Reset_Handler
+ .type Reset_Handler, %function
+Reset_Handler:
+ ldr sp, =_estack /* Atollic update: set stack pointer */
+
+/* Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM */
+ movs r1, #0
+ b LoopCopyDataInit
+
+CopyDataInit:
+ ldr r3, =_sidata
+ ldr r3, [r3, r1]
+ str r3, [r0, r1]
+ adds r1, r1, #4
+
+LoopCopyDataInit:
+ ldr r0, =_sdata
+ ldr r3, =_edata
+ adds r2, r0, r1
+ cmp r2, r3
+ bcc CopyDataInit
+ ldr r2, =_sbss
+ b LoopFillZerobss
+/* Zero fill the bss segment. */
+FillZerobss:
+ movs r3, #0
+ str r3, [r2], #4
+
+LoopFillZerobss:
+ ldr r3, = _ebss
+ cmp r2, r3
+ bcc FillZerobss
+
+/* Call the clock system intitialization function.*/
+ bl SystemInit
+/* Call static constructors */
+ bl __libc_init_array
+/* Call the application's entry point.*/
+ bl main
+
+LoopForever:
+ b LoopForever
+
+.size Reset_Handler, .-Reset_Handler
+
+/**
+ * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor receives an
+ * unexpected interrupt. This simply enters an infinite loop, preserving
+ * the system state for examination by a debugger.
+ *
+ * @param None
+ * @retval : None
+*/
+ .section .text.Default_Handler,"ax",%progbits
+Default_Handler:
+Infinite_Loop:
+ b Infinite_Loop
+ .size Default_Handler, .-Default_Handler
+/******************************************************************************
+*
+* The minimal vector table for a Cortex-M4. Note that the proper constructs
+* must be placed on this to ensure that it ends up at physical address
+* 0x0000.0000.
+*
+******************************************************************************/
+ .section .isr_vector,"a",%progbits
+ .type g_pfnVectors, %object
+ .size g_pfnVectors, .-g_pfnVectors
+
+
+g_pfnVectors:
+ .word _estack
+ .word Reset_Handler
+ .word NMI_Handler
+ .word HardFault_Handler
+ .word MemManage_Handler
+ .word BusFault_Handler
+ .word UsageFault_Handler
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word SVC_Handler
+ .word DebugMon_Handler
+ .word 0
+ .word PendSV_Handler
+ .word SysTick_Handler
+ .word WWDG_IRQHandler
+ .word PVD_IRQHandler
+ .word TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler
+ .word RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler
+ .word FLASH_IRQHandler
+ .word RCC_IRQHandler
+ .word EXTI0_IRQHandler
+ .word EXTI1_IRQHandler
+ .word EXTI2_TSC_IRQHandler
+ .word EXTI3_IRQHandler
+ .word EXTI4_IRQHandler
+ .word DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler
+ .word DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler
+ .word DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler
+ .word DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler
+ .word DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler
+ .word DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler
+ .word DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler
+ .word ADC1_2_IRQHandler
+ .word CAN_TX_IRQHandler
+ .word CAN_RX0_IRQHandler
+ .word CAN_RX1_IRQHandler
+ .word CAN_SCE_IRQHandler
+ .word EXTI9_5_IRQHandler
+ .word TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQHandler
+ .word TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQHandler
+ .word TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQHandler
+ .word TIM1_CC_IRQHandler
+ .word TIM2_IRQHandler
+ .word TIM3_IRQHandler
+ .word 0
+ .word I2C1_EV_IRQHandler
+ .word I2C1_ER_IRQHandler
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word SPI1_IRQHandler
+ .word 0
+ .word USART1_IRQHandler
+ .word USART2_IRQHandler
+ .word USART3_IRQHandler
+ .word EXTI15_10_IRQHandler
+ .word RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word TIM6_DAC1_IRQHandler
+ .word TIM7_DAC2_IRQHandler
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word COMP2_IRQHandler
+ .word COMP4_6_IRQHandler
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word 0
+ .word FPU_IRQHandler
+ .word 0x55AA11EE
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+*
+* Provide weak aliases for each Exception handler to the Default_Handler.
+* As they are weak aliases, any function with the same name will override
+* this definition.
+*
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+ .weak NMI_Handler
+ .thumb_set NMI_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak HardFault_Handler
+ .thumb_set HardFault_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak MemManage_Handler
+ .thumb_set MemManage_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak BusFault_Handler
+ .thumb_set BusFault_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak UsageFault_Handler
+ .thumb_set UsageFault_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak SVC_Handler
+ .thumb_set SVC_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DebugMon_Handler
+ .thumb_set DebugMon_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak PendSV_Handler
+ .thumb_set PendSV_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak SysTick_Handler
+ .thumb_set SysTick_Handler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak WWDG_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set WWDG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak PVD_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set PVD_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak FLASH_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set FLASH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak RCC_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set RCC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak EXTI0_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set EXTI0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak EXTI1_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set EXTI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak EXTI2_TSC_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set EXTI2_TSC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak EXTI3_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set EXTI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak EXTI4_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set EXTI4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set DMA1_Channel1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set DMA1_Channel3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set DMA1_Channel6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak ADC1_2_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set ADC1_2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak CAN_TX_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set CAN_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak CAN_RX0_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set CAN_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak CAN_RX1_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set CAN_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak CAN_SCE_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set CAN_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak EXTI9_5_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set EXTI9_5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM1_BRK_TIM15_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM1_UP_TIM16_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM17_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM1_CC_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM1_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM2_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM3_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak I2C1_EV_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set I2C1_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak I2C1_ER_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set I2C1_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak SPI1_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set SPI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak USART1_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set USART1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak USART2_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set USART2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak USART3_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set USART3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak EXTI15_10_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set EXTI15_10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM6_DAC1_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM6_DAC1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak TIM7_DAC2_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set TIM7_DAC2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak COMP2_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set COMP2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak COMP4_6_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set COMP4_6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+
+ .weak FPU_IRQHandler
+ .thumb_set FPU_IRQHandler,Default_Handler
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/stm32f30_flash.ld b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/stm32f30_flash.ld
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30641988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/stm32f30_flash.ld
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*
+******************************************************************************
+File: stm32f30_flash.ld
+Info: Generated by Atollic TrueSTUDIO(R) 8.0.0 2017-07-10
+
+Abstract: Linker script for STM32F303K8 device
+ Set heap size, stack size, stack location, memory areas and
+ sections according to application requirements.
+
+The MIT License (MIT)
+Copyright (c) 2009-2017 Atollic AB
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************************
+*/
+
+/* Entry Point */
+ENTRY(Reset_Handler)
+
+/* Highest address of the user mode stack */
+_estack = 0x20003000; /* end of 12K RAM */
+
+/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */
+_Min_Heap_Size = 0; /* required amount of heap */
+_Min_Stack_Size = 0x100; /* required amount of stack */
+
+/* Specify the memory areas */
+MEMORY
+{
+ FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08002000, LENGTH = 64K - 8K
+ RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 12K
+ MEMORY_B1 (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x60000000, LENGTH = 0K
+ CCMRAM (rw) : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 4K
+}
+
+/* Define output sections */
+SECTIONS
+{
+ /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */
+ .isr_vector :
+ {
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ } >FLASH
+
+ /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */
+ .text :
+ {
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */
+ *(.text*) /* .text* sections (code) */
+ *(.glue_7) /* glue arm to thumb code */
+ *(.glue_7t) /* glue thumb to arm code */
+ *(.eh_frame)
+
+ KEEP (*(.init))
+ KEEP (*(.fini))
+
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ _etext = .; /* define a global symbols at end of code */
+ } >FLASH
+
+ /* Constant data goes into FLASH */
+ .rodata :
+ {
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ *(.rodata) /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */
+ *(.rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ } >FLASH
+
+ .ARM.extab : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH
+ .ARM : {
+ __exidx_start = .;
+ *(.ARM.exidx*)
+ __exidx_end = .;
+ } >FLASH
+
+ .preinit_array :
+ {
+ PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .);
+ KEEP (*(.preinit_array*))
+ PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .);
+ } >FLASH
+ .init_array :
+ {
+ PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .);
+ KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*)))
+ KEEP (*(.init_array*))
+ PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .);
+ } >FLASH
+ .fini_array :
+ {
+ PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .);
+ KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*)))
+ KEEP (*(.fini_array*))
+ PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .);
+ } >FLASH
+
+ /* used by the startup to initialize data */
+ _sidata = LOADADDR(.data);
+
+ /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */
+ .data :
+ {
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ _sdata = .; /* create a global symbol at data start */
+ *(.data) /* .data sections */
+ *(.data*) /* .data* sections */
+
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ _edata = .; /* define a global symbol at data end */
+ } >RAM AT> FLASH
+
+ _siccmram = LOADADDR(.ccmram);
+
+ /* CCM-RAM section
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT NOTE!
+ * If initialized variables will be placed in this section,
+ * the startup code needs to be modified to copy the init-values.
+ */
+ .ccmram :
+ {
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ _sccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram start */
+ *(.ccmram)
+ *(.ccmram*)
+
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ _eccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram end */
+ } >CCMRAM AT> FLASH
+
+ /* Uninitialized data section */
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ .bss :
+ {
+ /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */
+ _sbss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss start */
+ __bss_start__ = _sbss;
+ *(.bss)
+ *(.bss*)
+ *(COMMON)
+
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ _ebss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss end */
+ __bss_end__ = _ebss;
+ } >RAM
+
+ /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */
+ ._user_heap_stack :
+ {
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ PROVIDE ( end = . );
+ PROVIDE ( _end = . );
+ . = . + _Min_Heap_Size;
+ . = . + _Min_Stack_Size;
+ . = ALIGN(4);
+ } >RAM
+
+ /* MEMORY_bank1 section, code must be located here explicitly */
+ /* Example: extern int foo(void) __attribute__ ((section (".mb1text"))); */
+ .memory_b1_text :
+ {
+ *(.mb1text) /* .mb1text sections (code) */
+ *(.mb1text*) /* .mb1text* sections (code) */
+ *(.mb1rodata) /* read-only data (constants) */
+ *(.mb1rodata*)
+ } >MEMORY_B1
+
+ /* Remove information from the standard libraries */
+ /DISCARD/ :
+ {
+ libc.a ( * )
+ libm.a ( * )
+ libgcc.a ( * )
+ }
+
+ .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) }
+}
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/timer.c b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/timer.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f948e41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/timer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/************************************************************************************//**
+* \file Demo\ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio\Prog\timer.c
+* \brief Timer driver source file.
+* \ingroup Prog_ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio
+* \internal
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* C O P Y R I G H T
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* Copyright (c) 2017 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+*
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* L I C E N S E
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+* Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+* version.
+*
+* OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+* without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+* PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+*
+* You have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT. It
+* should be located in ".\Doc\license.html". If not, contact Feaser to obtain a copy.
+*
+* \endinternal
+****************************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Include files
+****************************************************************************************/
+#include "header.h" /* generic header */
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Local data declarations
+****************************************************************************************/
+/** \brief Local variable for storing the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since
+ * startup.
+ */
+static unsigned long millisecond_counter;
+
+
+/************************************************************************************//**
+** \brief Initializes the timer.
+** \return none.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerInit(void)
+{
+ /* configure the SysTick timer for 1 ms period */
+ SysTick_Config(SystemCoreClock / 1000);
+ /* reset the millisecond counter */
+ TimerSet(0);
+} /*** end of TimerInit ***/
+
+
+/************************************************************************************//**
+** \brief Stops and disables the timer.
+** \return none.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerDeinit(void)
+{
+ SysTick->CTRL = 0;
+} /*** end of TimerDeinit ***/
+
+
+/************************************************************************************//**
+** \brief Sets the initial counter value of the millisecond timer.
+** \param timer_value initialize value of the millisecond timer.
+** \return none.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerSet(unsigned long timer_value)
+{
+ /* set the millisecond counter */
+ millisecond_counter = timer_value;
+} /*** end of TimerSet ***/
+
+
+/************************************************************************************//**
+** \brief Obtains the counter value of the millisecond timer.
+** \return Current value of the millisecond timer.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+unsigned long TimerGet(void)
+{
+ /* read and return the millisecond counter value */
+ return millisecond_counter;
+} /*** end of TimerGet ***/
+
+
+/************************************************************************************//**
+** \brief Interrupt service routine of the timer.
+** \return none.
+**
+****************************************************************************************/
+void SysTick_Handler(void)
+{
+ /* increment the millisecond counter */
+ millisecond_counter++;
+} /*** end of TimerISRHandler ***/
+
+
+/*********************************** end of timer.c ************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/timer.h b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/timer.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..713d41de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/Prog/timer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/************************************************************************************//**
+* \file Demo\ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio\Prog\timer.h
+* \brief Timer driver header file.
+* \ingroup Prog_ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio
+* \internal
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* C O P Y R I G H T
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* Copyright (c) 2017 by Feaser http://www.feaser.com All rights reserved
+*
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* L I C E N S E
+*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+* This file is part of OpenBLT. OpenBLT is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+* Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+* version.
+*
+* OpenBLT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+* without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+* PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+*
+* You have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with OpenBLT. It
+* should be located in ".\Doc\license.html". If not, contact Feaser to obtain a copy.
+*
+* \endinternal
+****************************************************************************************/
+#ifndef TIMER_H
+#define TIMER_H
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+* Function prototypes
+****************************************************************************************/
+void TimerInit(void);
+void TimerDeinit(void);
+void TimerSet(unsigned long timer_value);
+unsigned long TimerGet(void);
+void TimerISRHandler(void);
+
+#endif /* TIMER_H */
+/*********************************** end of timer.h ************************************/
diff --git a/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/demo.dox b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/demo.dox
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91d01b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Target/Demo/ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio/demo.dox
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/**
+\defgroup ARMCM4_STM32F3_Nucleo_F303K8_TrueStudio Demo for Nucleo-F303K8/TrueStudio
+\ingroup Demos
+\brief Preconfigured programs for the Nucleo-F303K8 and the Atollic TrueStudio toolchain.
+\details For detailed getting started instructions, refer to:
+ https://www.feaser.com/openblt/doku.php?id=manual:demos:nucleo_f303k8_truestudio.
+*/
+
+
